Home

Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System

Contents

1. 60 Symptom Disabled loop indicated by OVD message NT1P61 Fiber Superloop Network Card 61 Symptom Disabled loop indicated by OVD message NT7R51 Local Carrier Interface Card 62 Symptom Disabled loop indicated by OVD message NT8D04 Superloop Network Card 64 Symptom Loop disabled without OVD message NT8D04 Superloop Network CaroQ 65 Symptom Disabled loop indicated by OVD message QPC414 Network CardQ 67 Symptom Loop disabled without OVD message QPC414 Network Carq sssssss 69 Symptom Disabled peripheral signaling card indicated by OVD message 71 Symptom Peripheral signaling card disabled without OVD MeSSaQE cccceessteeeeesssteeeeeeeeaes 71 Symptom Problems with transferring placing conference calls or Music on Hold 72 Symptom Problems placing calls on 2500 telephones and some trunks euessssse 73 Chapter 9 Clearing peripheral equipment faults cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessneeeeeeeeeeees 75 HEIDI EI TL OO OL DOS 75 FPenpheraleonipme n EI ee Em 75 geri reels 4 PII CERE IEEE OLI E LLL DD 75 Symptom Red LED lit on Fiber Peripheral Controller card esee 76 Symptom Red LED lit on Remote Carrier Interface card 77 symptom Red LED liton Peripheral Controller Carel iisicccncss
2. sessss 31 typical user reported problems 33 typical visual fault indicators 32 power plugs ssesseeeee 214 232 236 in Core Module Card Cage replacement 214 in PDU replacement sssse 232 236 power supplies 157 176 180 183 229 247 BG avesse i re eR Eee ERR E E Re ra XR Aenea 247 por H 229 DC power battery systems sssssss 183 equipment designations from master system menie 180 Merov 180 monitoring of ersero nn aa 176 NT8D22 System Monitor ssssss 180 designations from master 180 option 21E battery pack assembly 183 EWser dex szaasagivaseacncseucsueaxigeasensaatuasceceucnteans 157 power Supply 3 5 taco ien aE an A 35 eccL 22 PS peripheral signaling cards 59 dul pee 36 176 251 MNEMONIC uses ce eet n er erint reus iraq RU ER 176 system messages seeeeeseeeee 36 251 Q QPC414 Network Cards ese 67 69 246 inSTAli MERE EID LT 246 removing riirii tenisa renda ain aue en ceed 246 QPC43 Peripheral Signaling Cards 296 clip 296 FEMOVING PRETI ai eaaa 296 QPC441 Three Port Extender Cards
3. 32 communicating with system eeeeessess 21 CONF TDS conference tone and digit switch cards 59 conference call problems sssssssss 72 Conference TDS cards sese 249 installing eter nee Ree ana 249 FOMOVING ussusackexx noc pen ee e EYR pn YER RA ERE FR ARE Cd XA 249 configurations equipment sssssssss 23 178 columns with PFTUS eene 178 remote maintenance monitoring 23 continuity tests esses 75 84 152 loopback configurations essssssss 152 man al pe 152 peripheral equipment fault clearance 75 point to point configurations ss 152 trunk fault clearance cccecceeeeeseeeeeaeenseeeeeeeanees 84 controller card problems sessseses 78 controller cards eeseseeeeeeenneen T7 242 Data EE E A 242 DI ODIGITIS aiei aa i zx FEMOVING ER EIL 242 cooling system temperature alarms 181 Core card Cage ener tpa tine va 214 Core Module Card Cages ccccccssseeeesssteeeeeseeaes 214 Taille p 214 Core Modules option 610 81 ssuussss 151 core to network interface CNI card 230 Core Network Card Cages eesessss 214 STAINING osadu aS 214 Core
4. sss 51 routine maintenance esee 183 S safety precautions sssssssseeeeeee 183 battery systems sssseeeeee 183 SBE Segmented Bus Extender Cards 298 in 3PE Card replacement ssssss 298 SDI Serial Data Interface 22 51 59 253 298 300 306 cards and ports in 3PE card replacement 298 ecier m EE 51 59 cards and ports in 3PE Card replacement 300 installing cards and ports 306 paddle boards installing 253 paddle boards removing sssss 253 wiojgr fe Tro MEE 22 SDI Serial Data Interface Cards and ports 306 Kindle 306 SDL system messages sse 242 BIENES 151 164 CP IOP cards aeos ierat rin randi 151 intelligent peripheral cards 164 serial data interface SDI card 306 Short Memory Test program seese 154 Signaling Server ssssssssss 170 189 replacing a CP PM hard drive 189 replacing a defective CP PM 189 slaves in System Monitor replacement 251 SMEM prompt ssseeeennnmeeennenn 151 software programs sssseee 147 151 as maintenance too
5. 298 FEMOVING cecesiictsccevesuactindeceseaneredialtedineunede ve desk ee 298 QPC471 Clock Controller Cards 302 IASTANG sceni ee EEE EEEa 302 324 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance PEMOVING sareei naaa a a ai a Ra 302 QPC477 Bus Terminating Units 304 QPC513 Serial Data Interface Cards 306 MUSTANG e 306 PEMOVING srini a 306 QPC659 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Cards 305 Iri E 305 l emoVIFIQ sresti anea eee o eR E RAMS REEF RARE M ct 305 QPC775 Clock Controller Cards 302 installilig oit ett ea RR ERR RR EA M n 302 FEMOVIING sssrin saana a eiaa SERERE EAR URNA 302 QPC841 Serial Data Interface Cards 306 dcum E 306 FOMOVING ossiani ERR AQ eH ERR EXTARE ERR LN ERRNE NER EN ERE ERES 306 R Rear Mount Conduit kit seesuuus 308 310 reload Rid or Man Rst button ssssssse 4173 circuit card location sssee 173 REMALMA B remote alarm lines 176 remote alarms cccccceeeeesceceeceenseseeeeeaneaseeeees 175 176 defifiedi sinere iex isi iau 175 descrlDed 1 rir nre naher ern rni ens 176 Remote Carrier Interface card esses 241 removing replacing eee 241 remo
6. sssssssess 72 list of symptoms eessseee 59 loops disabled 61 62 64 65 67 69 Music on Hold problems sesesssss 72 March 2013 321 OVD messages for disabled loops 61 62 64 67 71 peripheral signaling card problems 71 procedures for clearing s e 60 typical system messages 31 60 typical user reported problems 33 60 typical visual fault indicators 32 60 no ring problems 500 or 2500 models 104 noise problems e e T 83 normal maintenance switches 171 descrIDed uite o tte erc dea 171 NPR system messages 242 244 296 Controller Card replacement 242 IPE Card replacement ssesssss 244 Peripheral Signaling Card replacement 296 NT1P61 Fibre Superloop Network card 191 removing replacing eeeeeennn 191 NT1P61 Fibre Superloop Network Cards 61 NT1P62 Fibre Peripheral Controller card 192 removing replacing eeeeeennn 192 NT1P62 Fibre Peripheral Controller Card 192 NT5D12AA Dual DTI PRI Cards 203 IISTANING Pee 203 Ie UI 203 NT5D20 I O Processor Ca
7. 31 60 for power faults ssssessseseeeee 31 36 for telephone faults sssesssssss 31 96 for trunk faults essen 84 erue s 26 module power supply failures 180 NT8D22 System Monitor sss 176 Overload Monitor and eeeeeeee 150 peripheral equipment faults 31 temperature alarms sssssssssss 181 system monitor ssssssssssssseeeeenn 85 System Monitor 214 232 236 251 255 265 267 277 279 308 310 in Core Module Card Cage replacement 214 in IPE Module Card Cage replacement 277 279 in PDU replacement 232 236 265 267 308 310 in Thermostat Harness replacement 255 installihg adotta ene naeh eee En pae RR ERE ERR ERE ERAN SERA 251 KIM I EDITI 251 system passwords sessista RRR aE Pal system communicating with ssssssssse 21 T TDS system messages s in 249 telephone faults 31 33 95 96 98 101 103 104 add on module problems 103 callout callin problems 96 98 dialing problems 2500 model 103 equipment overview sseeeeeeenn 95 indicator display component problems 101 list of sympto
8. RAKE Exit LD 135 3 Software configure the new slot LD 17 230 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT6D65 and NTRB34 Core to Network Interface Cards EXT x 3PE x is the number 0 4 of the associated 3PE card s CNI X s p Delete the group s associated slot CNI spg Add group s to new slot Xxxx Exit LD 17 LD 43 EDD Datadump the new configuration KK Exit LD 43 4 Insert the CNI card in the new slot Move the cables to the shrouds on the backplane to the connectors for the new slot 5 Enable the CNI card and switch the CP cards a Set the NORM MAINT switch to NORM on the active CP card b LD 135 ENL CNI c s SCPU Follow the steps in Removing a CNI card on page 231 to replace a CNI card Removing a CNI card 1 The Core associated with the CNI card must be inactive If it is necessary to switch Cores LD 135 SCPU Set the NORM MAINT switch to MAINT on the active CP card 2 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the CNI card being replaced 3 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing a replacement CNI card Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement card Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement card Set the NORM MAINT switch to NORM on the active CP card Software
9. Overlay Loader This resident program locates loads and checks all overlay programs It automatically activates the Midnight and Background Routines Load programs manually by entering commands through the system terminal or maintenance telephone Once the program is loaded the program mnemonic such as TRK for Trunk Diagnostic is seen on the system terminal The Overlay Loader can also be used to enable disable and display the status of the disk drive unit Overload Monitor The system continuously monitors the volume of system messages If it detects too many error messages from a line or trunk card the system activates the Overload Monitor program The Overload Monitor disables the faulty card and generates system messages with the mnemonic OVD Refer to Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for help in interpreting system messages Resident Trunk Diagnostic This program automatically monitors all trunk calls and records apparent faults on each trunk If the number of faults on a trunk exceeds the threshold for that trunk the program generates a system message identifying the trunk and the type of fault A failure on a trunk may keep the trunk from detecting incoming calls The threshold mechanism cannot detect such a failure so this program also records how many days it is since each trunk received an incoming call If itis suspected some incoming calls are not being processed u
10. 236 IMS IE UTEM 236 replacing NT7D10 with eese 308 NT7R51 Local Carrier Interface Card 62 240 NT7R52 Remote Carrier Interface Card 241 NT8D01 Controller Cards een 242 faic ET 242 PE MOVIING rien iniia rox RR EARS UNSERE EAR IRA 242 NT8D02 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Cards 244 facil E T n 244 FEMOVING sesso x eR RR RR XREERCRRCER S Aa a AEE 244 NT8DOS Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Cards 244 iei m 244 NT8D04 Superloop Network Cards 59 64 65 246 installilig oio escono Ere reU R E Cree RERO EU ERR 246 LE MOVING sesso ex nenne aaa Aa RA Y eg 246 NT8DO06 Power Supply AC ssssess 247 Deae P 247 emOVIFIC ccsxseuce en pn ea R RIF e E CER RERRR E E cannes 247 NT8DOS Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Cards 244 INSANO P 244 r efioVvIrig ossis ex Re A ER SERRA IRE a aaa aiaa 244 NT8D14 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Cards 244 Inr 244 FOMOVING RE EE 244 NT8D15 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Cards 244 iae eer 244 rEMOVING Sis m m tecsvccuvxcacs sedvinaccs aeei 244 NT8D16 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Cards 244 InstalliliQ assi SERRE a a aa 244 FEMOVIING o EIE LS 244 NT8D17 Conference TDS Cards esese 249 etae pre 249 NT8D19 Memory Peripheral Signaling Cards
11. 298 300 in 3PE Card replacement 298 300 INI messages ssseeeeeeeemenn 214 initialize button eeeeee 148 171 March 2013 319 Jes 171 Initialize Program and sssssssssse 148 Initialize Program ssssseseeeenne 148 installing cte e 203 223 225 226 285 NT5D12AA Dual DTI PRI Card 203 NT5K09 Quad Digitone Receiver 223 285 NT5K10 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card IDLB 225 NT5K1106 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Card CAG I 226 intelligent peripheral card self test 164 intelligent peripheral equipment IPE cards 244 interactive diagnostics sssssssssss 152 IOD system MESSAGES sssssesss 253 306 SDI Paddle Board replacement 253 SDI replacement ssseseeeeeenee 306 IOP I O Processor Cards ssessessssss 230 FOMOVING Pre E 230 IPE Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Cards 244 Eea e EE ree e rebate dea ces 244 POMOVING EMT EE 244 IPE Module Card Cages ssssses 277 279 installing ost aaa a KORR URS 279 FEMOVING re aiaa daai a enaa 277 isolating attendant console faults
12. 33 typical visual fault indicators 32 Peripheral Signaling Cards 71 296 298 300 in PE Card replacement 298 300 installing m 296 problems with without OVD message Fa FEIMOVING orisii anna aai 296 PFTU power failure transfer unit 175 178 500 2500 telephones and sss 178 configuring with columns sessss 178 major alarms ertet eneete nnde ERIT RnR 175 point to point continuity tests sssssssss 152 configurations isisisi iiaiai ii 152 March 2013 323 ere 152 power distribution unit PDU essees 35 power distribution unit PDU for DC powered systems 292 236 power failures ssssessssss 176 179 180 external power system eeeeeeee 179 module power supplies 180 NT8D22 System Monitor ssss 176 power faults ssss 31 33 35 36 39 46 48 blower unit problems esses 42 48 circuit breaker off cccccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeees 39 43 45 equipment overview seen 35 LEDS otf itte 39 41 43 44 46 liSt OT SYIMPLOMS ensnare Pr neu noct 35 procedures for clearing e s 36 typical system messages
13. 89 isolating telephone faults ssssss 95 J Ilngslcpe Ctt 244 in IPE Card replacement sssss 244 junction box in PDU replacement 308 K keyboard to dial pad translation 26 L LD 11 Multiline Telephone Administration 26 LD 135 Core Common Equipment Diagnostic 26 167 LD 135 program 211 214 230 280 298 300 302 3PE Card replacement 298 300 CC replacement ssssssssseeeeeenes 302 CNI Card replacement ssesssssss 230 Core Module Card Cage replacement 214 CP Card replacement ccccssccceesessteeeeeeeeaes 280 Security Device replacement 211 LD 135 for clearing fault indicators system options 51C 61C and 81 sse 145 LD 137 Core Input Output Diagnostic 26 320 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance LD 497 programi teisinis aiiin 205 214 Core Module Card Cage replacement 214 IODU C Card replacement 205 LD 17 Short Memory Test sssssssss 151 LD 17 progran EE E 21 230 CNI Card replacement seesssssss 230 for passwords seersisisisinicenani anakina inkak ERNA 21 LD 21 DrOQFAl
14. em 83 procedures for clearing ssessssssss 84 typical system messages 31 84 typical user reported problems 33 84 typical visual fault indicators 32 84 IUD KS is ituri etu ch ra ete ate eh EE tcs de id tr ifo Y 150 MONIONNO sis cani E aaa 150 U Universal Trunk Cards eem 83 244 326 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance dci M 244 LEMOVING e 244 USer reports enn 33 52 60 84 90 96 for attendant console faults 33 90 for common equipment faults 33 52 for network equipment faults 33 60 for peripheral equipment faults 33 for power faults e tete 33 for telephone faults sesssss 33 96 for trunk faults sess 33 84 V visual fault indicators 32 52 60 84 90 96 for attendant console faults 32 90 for common equipment faults 32 52 for network equipment faults 32 60 for peripheral equipment faults 32 for power faults ssssssseeeneeee 32 for telephone faults sssessssss 32 96 for trunk faults sess 32
15. 251 NT8D21 Power Supply AC scncese 247 III ETT 247 NT8D22 System Monitor 176 180 181 described iiie hdi aa 176 module power supply failures 180 power unit designations from master 180 temperature alarms sessssssssss 181 NT8D22 System Monitors seseeses 251 installing sirinati aa re rs Ren ku R Xt Eaa 251 FEMOVING ariora eon Ree ER Pen UPXR EROR NER EAR RUE 251 March 2013 NT8D29 Power Supply AC sss 247 installing eese ont tra eter n Ka eR ER a 247 Kiel EE 247 NT8D3703 IPE Module Card Cages 277 279 dirlo 279 FEIMOVING 2s exte ee R a Ee P RER RN REA NR a EEE 277 NT8D41 Dual Port SDI paddle boards 253 Eine E AE 253 Ilem aaa 253 NT8D46AC Thermostat Harnesses 255 cipe 255 FEMOVING Dec 255 NT8D46AM Air Probe Harnesses 260 AStA esnai aaa a E O A 260 Mou RIT 260 NT8D46DC Air Probe Harnesses 260 istallingusss eater ex e a RUEDAS 260 FEMOVING esos ten yn ERX XS EE RRR REESREREE cxedesvasveadtonseace 260 NT8D52AB Pedestal Blower Units 263 Stalling diirei a a e aN EEE 263 NIMIUM 263 NT8D52DD Pedestal Blower Units 263 installing oie ien aa RICO ASIN RRREREER UR 263 FEIMOVING Bo 263
16. Circuit card features ENB Enable Disable switch DIS ADDADDDDDAABA SBD ATARI TS WR 553 3003 Figure 13 Sample enable disable switch LED Many cards one or more LEDs on the faceplate The LED gives a visual indication of the status of the card or of a unit on a card The shape of the LED does not indicate function When a green LED is steadily lit it indicates the card is operating normally When a green LED is off it indicates the card is disabled or faulty When a red LED is steadily lit it indicates the card or a unit on it is disabled or faulty or unequipped When a red LED is off and power is available to the card it indicates the card is Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 165 Hardware maintenance tools operating normally The Core to Network Interface CNI Card is an exception to this rule The red LED on the NT6D65 card is lit when the associated Core is inactive This is normal operation Table 36 Sample LED indications on page 166 gives two examples of LED indications Table 36 Sample LED indications Type of card LED color Status Common equipment green LED lit Operation normal power supply Digital line card red LED lit disabled or not equipped Figure 14 Sample LED indicator on page 167 shows the location of the LED on the faceplate of an Intelligent Peripheral line card 166
17. March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective Unseat all cards on the IPE shelf except the controller card Reconnect controller card the loop cable to the controller card and enable the card by entering ENXP x X represents the controller number If more than one shelf is involved follow this and subsequent procedures one at a time for each controller card Check the maintenance display codes on the controller card and wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received unseat and reinstall the controller card to initiate a self test If the test fails replace the card and reinsert cards on the IPE shelf If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective IPE Reinsert the IPE cards one at a time Wait for an OVD message after card each card is inserted If the red LED lights when a card is inserted software disable the card and try to re enable it If it does not enable replace the card If an OVD message is received when one of the IPE cards is inserted replace that card If there is no OVD message as the cards are inserted go to the next possible cause Defective cable Disconnect the loop cable at the controller card If there is more than one loop cables disconnect them one at a time and follow the procedure below for each cable Reconnect the cable s to the superloop network card
18. 32 maintenance mode seeessssseeeeeeneneenne 26 maintenance routines interactive 152 maintenance telephones seesssssss 26 152 described esssseeseesseeeeennenennn 26 loading overlay programs ssssss 152 translation from keyboard to dial pad 26 majoralar MS cei tto rere pan se ste deer ER Ren 175 defined aoma AEE E 175 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance TAUNTS CAUSING m 175 manual continuity tests cccccceceeeeeeseeeeeseeeteeeees 152 loopback configurations sssss 152 point to point configurations ss 152 mass storage interface cards ssssssssse 51 mass storage UNITS i osse een tene naaa aaa aia 5i MDU Multi Disk Unit sssessseseeneeeeree 51 memory arbitrator card reload button location 173 Memory Peripheral Signaling Cards 251 MFS system messages ssssssse 249 Midnight Routines ssssssseee 149 described ierra Dr rar as 149 programs used Meesi 149 minor alarms eessseseseeeeeenenenenmnnnennn nnn 1725 lem aaia 175 TAUNTS CAUSING sxssaxcevnctesastvenietiaavecerissacaneabiaantencenks 175 MME MONICS s soo saa en trasero Hrs ga E Fa reete E aa P SF Era YR 26
19. NTAN65 cPCI Core Network Interface Cards See Replace the NT4N65 cPCI Core Network Interface CCNI card on page 194 NT4N66 cPCI Core Network Interface Transition Cards See Replace the NT4N66 cPCI Core Network Interface CCNI Transition Card on page 195 Replacement procedures Replace the NT4N65 cPCI Core Network Interface CCNI card 1 Check that the Core containing the cCNI card to be replaced is inactive a The LCD LED display panel across the top of the Core Net module core cards has two rows of LEDs If either of the LEDs top red or bottom green is on for any of the cards that side is in a test or idle state b If the Core containing the cCNI is active switch cores in LD 135 LD 135 To load the program SCPU Switch Core if necessary 2 In LD 135 software disable the cCNI card DIS CNI c s p Disable the cCNI card where c Core 0 or 1 s Slot 9 12 p Port 0 1 194 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT4N65 and NT4N66 cPCI Core Network Interface Cards This software disables both the cCNI card and its associated cCNI Transition card 3 Hardware disable the cCNI card Set the faceplate switch to DIS 4 Use a small bladed screwdriver to remove the screws from the cCNI card 5 To remove the card hold the card by the faceplate latches and gently pull it out of the slot 6 To install the
20. Replace the PDU Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Symptom Green LED off on module power supply DC power The green LED is off on one of the following power supplies IPE power supply NT6D40 CE power supply NT6D41 e Ringing generator NT6D42 CE IPE power supply NT6D43 A system message may be received indicating the status of the power supply See PWR in the Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and use this procedure to clear the problem Possible cause Action Disconnected power Check the power cable connection to the power supply cable If the cable is connected check power cable connections to each module below the affected one see Figure 5 DC power cabling in rear of column on page 42 If all power cables are connected go to the next possible cause Defective power Set the switch on the power supply to OFF down wait at least 60 supply seconds and then set the switch back to ON up If the LED on the power supply is still off replace the power supply Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 41 Clearing power faults Main power connector to next module l O safety panel Module power connectors MODULE 1 Main power connector to next module l O safety panel Module
21. eeeeeeeeee eere 21 ccn i T TU 21 UU EIL I AU T TRE E TNT EI E T 21 eroi SERI sooner T EE E n td Ue tng dad dao tanc iu aat b nd o pie stardiudqe hia ie tiep Di E E E dette 21 Acoess hrudi ihe system NGI WWE RET EA 21 Log and NT PIOS coeno nc ncesa d d SSE aa Rad rr sebo bd Do utt RR 22 Large system terminal and modem guidelines uiscera eee petet ate ctn man du carae 23 hUogsnus TOUR o once tee tlic dadas N E A A fis tddispece tius A A E ipia 26 Ec ptdrue ar i eg 1 tT PN 26 LGhapier 5 How to clear TOUR duci eda AEA HERE ERES didi Di CDD R 29 Wn cT T mM 29 EDS Eanna O c RT TEE SERT 29 MUS TICE TIS GHC t o ecu m 30 qun SPD E 30 Dus POSSE 7ideacta A EE he EE E ben tdeo quM Rap pdi EE 31 PVA AT UN ls ce I 32 Tasso EE gelis its ROUGE incisos pei estes tos rad cd vate ctam nodis ih cu nid 32 User ropo E M M 33 Chapter 6 Clearing power TOURS rei dad nad Ex RRRRRSUNAR AAA NUNUE UN RUE REL M NEN ENUBUR GAMMA QUAE nenna 35 mori d eee 35 Pe THUS bep PRODR rA PED ORE UL ERO DIG ease aaa da vL er deca teenage eee 35 gei pola s FIR MN E 1 EEE E E E E R 36 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 5 Symptom Circuit breakers and all column LEDs off DC power eese 39 Symptom Circuit breakers on but all colum
22. Defective IPE card software disable the telephone TN by entering LD 32 DISU 1 s cu wherelscu loop shelf card unit Disconnect the wiring between the IPE card and the cross connect terminal Reenable and test the TN by entering ENLU 1s cu Wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received indicating a problem with the card or unit replace the card Symptom Defective indicator digit display or component The telephone can place and receive calls but one or more LED or LCD indicators digit displays or components such as a handsfree unit are not working See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting telephones To replace other equipment see Replacing equipment on page 187 It may be necessary to replace one of the following power supply to telephone IPE card telephone Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 101 Clearing telephone faults Possible cause Action Telephone has Disconnect and reconnect power to the telephone to force a reset and incorrect parameter download software If the fault is not cleared go to the next possible cause parameters No power to Check the power supply if one is required and make sure it is not digital telephone defective If there is a power supply problem correct it If there is no problem with the power supply go to the next possi
23. ENPS x Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 301 Replacing equipment KEER Exit LD 32 14 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center QPC471 QPC775 NTRB53 CLOCK CONTROLLER CARD Use this procedure to replace a Clock Controller CC card Note The QPC775 Clock Controller is used in Canadian and International applications QPC775 and QPC471 cards cannot be combined in one system See Avaya ISDN Basic Rate Interface Maintenance NN43001 718 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the CC card 1 The clock controller card must be on the inactive CPU To switch the active CPU LD 135 SCPU 2 Disable the clock controller card The card being removed must be inactive LD 60 In a single CPU system Disable the clock controller card DIS CC x X is the card number 9O or 1 In a dual CPU system Check the status of the clock controller card you are removing SSCK x x is the card number 0O or 1 If the clock is active switch clocks SWCK Switch system clock from active to standby 302 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large Sys
24. Group shelf Peripheral signaling Loops disabled enabled card 0 00 11 0 012345678910 016324864 1531476379 1 12 02 1 1112131415 8096112128 95111127 3 03 14 0 144160176 143159175 4 15 05 1 192 208 224 191 207 223 6 06 17 0 240 239 255 711 8 software disable each port on any associated SDI cards LD 37 DIS TTY x x is the number of the interface device attached to a port Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 299 Replacing equipment ES Exit LD 37 A Caution Loss of Data If the system terminal is assigned to an SDI port that is disabled assign it to another port before the SDI is disabled 9 Software disable the associated IGS cards LD 39 DISI IGS x is the IGS card number 0 to 19 x exit LD 39 ISR043 is displayed on the system terminal when the card is disabled Busy channels are not disabled until the call is disconnected 10 Set the ENB DIS switch on the 3PE to DIS 11 Tag and disconnect cables to the 3PE 12 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the replacement 3PE card 1 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement 3PE card 2 Set option switches on the replacement card with the same configuration as on the card that was removed If there is a vintage change be sure to check Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for an
25. If there is no problem exit LD 37 254 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D46AC Thermostat Harness kkkk 9 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D46AC Thermostat Harness This section describes how to replace the thermostat harness located in the top cap of each column A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the thermostat harness 1 Disconnect the system monitor from the circuit breaker system a Remove the grill on the rear of the column pedestal b Loosen the two screws on the system monitor and pull it out a few inches A Caution Service Interruption If the system monitor is not unseated column operation shuts down when the thermostat harness is disconnected 2 Disconnect power to the top cap a Remove the rear cover on the module below the top cap b Remove the I O safety panel over the backplane c At the top of the rear of the module disconnect the connector from the module power harness d Disconnect the pin headers on connector J2 on the backplane disconnect the ribbon cable connector 3 Remove the top cap a Remove air exhaust grills at the front and rear of the top cap See Figure 35 Air exhaust grills on the top cap on page 25
26. LD 30 UNTT 1s c u Test TNs on other loops by entering LD 45 TEST If there is still a problem with the telephone go to the next possible cause Defective telephone Disconnect the telephone from the jack Plug in another telephone of the same type If the replacement telephone works replace the telephone that was removed If the replacement telephone does not work reconnect the original telephone and go to the next possible cause If the telephone is a Meridian Modular Telephone enter LD 32 IDU1s cu If there is no response replace the telephone If there is an appropriate response see Add on modules in Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for self test instructions Defective wiring Make sure wiring is properly connected and wires are not interchanged crossed or grounded Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action Check the wiring between the telephone and the cross connect terminal Check the wiring between the IPE shelf and the cross connect terminal If there is a wiring problem correct it Symptom One end cannot hear or be heard The person at the far end can hear the caller but the caller cannot hear the person at the far end or the person at the far end cannot hear the caller but the caller can hear perso
27. Reconnect the cable s to the superloop network card If an OVD message is received at this point replace the cable If there is no OVD message and the loops do not enable go to the next possible cause Defective terminal equipment Check terminal equipment such as attendant consoles and telephones on the disabled loop Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action If defective terminal equipment is found see the appropriate chapter such as Clearing attendant console faults on page 89 to fix the fault Symptom Disabled loop indicated by OVD message QPC414 Network Card An overload OVD system message indicates that a loop on a QPC414 Network Card is disabled All terminal connections on the loop are disabled A red LED on the card may be lit For information about switch settings see Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 It may be necessary to replace one of the following Dual loop peripheral buffer DLB card QPC659 Network card QPC414 IPE card Cable between network card and DLB card Possible cause Action Defective Disconnect the loop cable s to the network card Enable and test each network card loop on the network card by entering LD 30 ENLL loop loop represents the loop number Test each loop by entering LOOP loo
28. SS Signaling Server APPS Specifies the application running on the element Values are e LTPS e VTRK PBXLINK STATE Specifies the element s current pbxLink state Values are LINK UP LOST FAILED INV CONN element is connected but its configuration was not found on the Call Server indicating that this element might be connected to the wrong Call Server PBXLINK DATE TIME Specifies when the element s pbxLink state last changed CONNECTED Specifies the element s connection ID sets Values are reg the number of IP Phones registered to the element busy the number of IP Phones that are currently busy vgws Values are reg how many voice gateways DSP resources are configured on the element busy how many voice gateways DSP resources are active busy on the element VTRK Values are reg how many VTRK channels are configured on the element busy how many VTRK channels are active busy on the element Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 143 pbxLink connection failure detection and status reporting enhancement 144 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 17 Final maintenance procedure Introduction Perform the final maintenance procedure to verify that the system is operating properly and that there are no rema
29. To install Keycode only For Feature Expansion use OVL143 q Quit 553 7784 Enter choice o 10 Select a to confirm You selected to copy the hard disk p partition from IODU on Core 1 to IODU on Core 0 60 MB of disk will be copied This wil erase old system files Database files will NOT be erased Note that ERASED FILES CANNOT BE RECOVERED NOTE Copy progress will be indicated by one per MB You may Continue with the copy operation or Quit now and leave your system unchanged Please enter lt CR gt gt a Copy p partition from one Core 1 to Core 0 q Quit Enter Choice a iron 11 Select a to confirm the software release to be copied 12 When the software is installed successfully press CR to install CP software from the hard disk to Flash EEPROM and install CP BOOT ROM Follow the screen directions until the Main Menu returns Release xxxx was installed successfully into p partition on your side NOTE In order to complete the install you must install flash ROM In order to complete the install you must install CP BOOT ROM Please press CR when ready 553 7741 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 209 Replacing equipment 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 When the Main Menu returns select lt f gt to install IOP ROM Select a to continue with the IOP ROM upgrade You have chosen to Upgrade IOP
30. 251 LD 38 Progra ioter ern tik nene eis 249 Conference TDS Card replacement 249 ED 39 Prog AT ecco rte one ies 298 300 3PE Card replacement 298 300 ED 43 progran zero ttn rts 230 CNI Card replacement ssessssssss 230 LD 44 Software Audit ssssssssss 149 LD 45 Background Signaling and Switching DIAQNOSUGC Pep 152 LD 46 program erens 249 Conference TDS Card replacement 249 LD 60 program ssessssss 214 298 300 302 3PE Card replacement ssssssss 300 CC replacement ssssssssseeeennenes 302 Core Module Card Cage replacement 214 in 3PE Card replacement sssess 298 LED nene Lc iL 76 77 on controller cards ccceceeesseeceeeceeeeeseeeeeeaneeenes 77 March 2013 on fibre peripheral controller cards 76 LED light emitting diode 165 180 181 descrlIbed iiid on rer ee xk asa 165 INGICATIONS 5 cct na etc tr echte ec 165 JOG ATOM PARTE COTES 165 module power supply failures 180 temperature alarms ssssesseessss 181 LED on controller cards ccccceceeeesseeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 78 LE EDS ini creo eeEE ood 32 39 41 43 44 46 101 Io t 39 40 43 44 defective urnen ai aa 101 green
31. 6 Test the system monitor LD 37 STAT XSM If a single or master system monitor was replaced successfully system message PWRO0O00 XSMC 00 0 0 is displayed Ifa slave was replaced successfully PWR053 XSMC xx 0 0 x is the system monitor address is displayed e If there is a problem with a slave system message PWRO013 XSMC xx 0 0 is displayed If there is no problem exit LD 37 kkkk 7 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D41 Dual or Quad Port Serial Data Interface paddle board The Serial Data Interface SDI paddle board attaches to the rear of the backplane in an NT6D39 CPU Network Module This section describes how to replace an SDI paddle board See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Loss of Data If the system terminal is assigned to the SDI being replaced assign it to another port before this SDI is disabled Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 253 Replacing equipment Removing the SDI paddle board 1 Software disable each port on the SDI paddle board LD 3
32. Software disable and reenable each TN LD 32 DISU 1s cu ENLU 1 s c u lscu loop shelf card unit Test TNs on superloops by entering LD 30 UNTT 1s cu Test TNs on other loops by entering LD 45 TEST If there is still a console problem go to the next possible cause Feature not Make sure the feature or the indicator is assigned in software see Avaya assigned Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 If there is still a console problem go to the next possible cause Defective Test the console by entering console LD 31 See Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN4300 1 712 for information about testing consoles with LD 31 If the console fails the test replace it Symptom Operator cannot hear or be heard properly The attendant console operates but the user cannot hear or be heard properly See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting attendant consoles See Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 for information about system cabling Possible cause Action Defective Make sure the handset or headset is plugged into the correct jack on the headset or console handset Try another handset or headset If the test equipment works replace the faulty handset or headset If there is still a console problem go to the next possible cause Defect
33. 84 WwW WIISU SITIS err EAE e ee p t voient 158 March 2013
34. A Caution Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Table 11 Common network fault indicators Indicator Possible indications System messages BSD081 101 110 111 121 130 201 203 205 209 600 602 CNF messages DTA DTC DTI messages ERRO020 120 4060 INIOO3 007 012 NWS101 141 201 204 301 401 OVD021 022 023 031 TDS messages XMI messages Visual indicators Minor alarm on an attendant console Red LEDs lit or flashing on cards User reports Minor alarm reported by attendant Users cannot transfer or conference Users cannot dial out on 500 2500 telephones No dial tone at all sets no display on digital sets Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Symptom Disabled loop indicated by OVD message NT1P61 Fiber Superloop Network Card An overload OVD system message indicates that a loop on an NT1P61 Fiber Superloop Network Card is disabled All terminal connections on the loop are disabled A red LED on the card may be lit or flashing It may be necessary to replace one of the following Fiber Peripheral Controller card NT1P62 Fiber Superloop network card NT1P61 IPE card Cable between superloop network card and controller card Possible cause Action Defective Hardware disab
35. BOD Low voltage LV Very high battery temperature For information about clearing alarms on the Candeo power systems refer to the Candeo Power Systems User Guide P0914425 and Candeo SP 48300 Power System AP6C55AA User Manual P7000154 50 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 7 Clearing common equipment faults Contents This section contains information on the following topics Common equipment faults on page 51 Fault clearing procedures on page 52 Common equipment faults Common equipment CE functions perform system control and switching Common equipment can include Bus Terminating Unit BTU provides logical termination to CPU and network buses Central Processing Unit CPU performs system call processing functions Call Processor CP performs system arithmetic and logic functions Data cartridge allows access to software packages purchased Mass Storage Interface card floppy disk interface card mass storage interface card or enhanced mass storage interface card interface between the CPU and the mass storage unit Mass Storage Unit floppy disk unit multi drive unit or core multi disk unit provides a backup for programs and data stored in system memory Read Only Memory ROM card provides memory for the CPU on the NT6D66 Call Processor Serial Data Interface SDI card provides ports between
36. BSD090 Power PWR messages BSD080 085 086 103 Common equipment CED messages CIOD CMON and CNI messages INIOO1 002 004 005 IOD006 007 060 061 291 297 NWS030 102 103 142 SYS messages BSD0681 101 110 111 121 130 201 203 205 209 Network equipment 600 602 CNF messages DTA DTC DTI messages ERRO20 120 4060 INIOO3 007 012 NWS101 141 201 204 301 401 OVD021 022 023 031 TDS messages XMI messages BSD301 401 402 Peripheral equipment ERR4062 NWS301 401 501 OVD001 010 024 XMI messages ERRO90 220 270 Trunk OVD003 008 009 010 TRK messages BSD501 Attendant console BSD501 Telephone Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 31 How to clear faults System messages Type of fault ERR500 MWL500 NWS501 OVD001 002 004 005 XMI messages Visual fault indicators There are visual indicators on the system that can help identify faults These indicators include e a major or minor alarm display on the attendant console indicates a possible power common equipment or network equipment fault circuit card light emitting diodes LEDs indicate that a card or a unit on a card is disabled column LED indicates a fault in the column Table 5 Visual system fault indicators on page 32 lists visual indicators you may see and the types of faults they indicate Table 5 Visual system fault i
37. DDCH See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 285 Replacing equipment A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES The antistatic wrist strap located inside the cabinet must be worn before handling circuit cards Failure to wear the wrist strap can result in damage to the circuit cards The DDCH can only be removed when it is disabled in software Removing the DDCH Both ports of the associated DDP circuit card must be disabled 1 Disable the faceplate switch on the DDP 2 Remove the DDP and DDCH Note Test procedures require a 24 hour minimum of bit error rate testing before being used Refer to Avaya ISDN Primary Rate Interface Maintenance NN43001 717 for these procedures Note Dual DTI PRI loops must be configured in software before defining DCH links To set the address for the DDCH see Table 41 DCH mode and address select switch settings on page 286 The DDCH can be mounted on any DDP card If a DDCH is present on a DDP card then an external D Channel should not be connected to JC If a DDCH is present the LED DCH i
38. If a sysload Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 21 Communicating with the system occurs before a new password is saved in a data dump the last active password remains valid Each system has two levels of passwords level 1 for general use and level 2 for administrative use Either password is accepted in the login procedure Access through the system terminal 1 Press the return key a If the response is a period you are ready to log onto the system b If the response is OVL111 nn TTY x or OVL111 nn SL1 someone else is logged into the system When they logged off press return and go to step 2 on page 22 c If the response is OVL111 nn IDLE or OVL111 nn BKGD you are ready to log onto the system Go to step 2 on page 22 d If the response is OVLOOO gt you are already logged into the system Go to step 5 on page 22 Responses vary with different Background Terminal packages 2 Log on to the system 3 The normal response is PASS If there is any other response see Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 4 Enter either the level 1 or level 2 password and press the return key If the password is correct the system responds with the prompt gt 5 Load a program by entering LD xx xx represents the number of the program 6 Perform tasks 7 End the program by entering END or 8 Always log out of the system Background routines are then loaded aut
39. Imodelms 3 33 a ret er nr o e reet va ruin BP tud 23 option 61C 81 sssi 23 compatibility specifications 23 guidelines sssseseeseesere 28 switch box SDI CPIO port connections 23 module power distribution unit MPDU 35 module power supply seeee 35 MPDU module power distribution unit 35 MPDU Module Power Distribution Unit 268 NSt airia ro nnne nee Ese E SXRESES 268 r emoOVvIrig esssec tek etr e eene ER pnt PER RARE iai 268 MPDU Module Power Distribution Unit 247 in Power Supply AC replacement 247 MTA maintenance set allowed COS 26 Multi User Login feature ssesesssessssss 21 Music on Hold problems ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 72 N network card cage ssssssssseeeeeeeees 269 network cards sseseseesssssseseee eene 59 Network Cards cccccccccccccccccceceseeceseeaeaeaesseeeeeeseeeeens 246 Taie Too p 246 TEMOVING ER 246 network equipment faults 31 33 59 62 64 65 67 69 N call placement problems esses pe call placement problems 2500 telephones and some trunks sssssssssse 73 call transfer problems esseessessss 72 conference call problems
40. NT8D53AB Power Distribution Unit AC 265 267 AStA poa 267 inmoue E 265 NT8D56AA Module Power Distribution Units 268 lajri lo 268 rEMOVIN G er 268 NT9D1102 Core Network Card Cages 214 Isi nee m 214 NT9D19 Call Processor Cards s 280 Stalling m 280 Ie EI 280 NT9P61 Fibre Superloop Network Card 191 NTNDO2 Misc SDI Peripheral Signaling Card 59 NWS system messages 242 246 279 305 Controller Card replacement 242 DLB replacement sssessseees 305 IPE Module Card Cage replacement 279 Network Card replacement sss 246 O option 21E battery pack assembly 183 option 61C 81 erren 151 software maintenance tools 151 outpulsing testing sene 26 Overlay Loader program esses 150 overlay programs seeeeeene 26 147 151 accessible through maintenance telephones 26 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance options 610 81 sss 151 OVERVIGW m 147 Overload Monitor program ssseeees 150 P P0699798 Air Filters essen 295 Installing iret ero tn ee nehme 295 106 181 PRETI 2
41. are among the overlays that cannot be accessed through a maintenance telephone Tones and outpulsing can be tested through the maintenance telephone Specific commands for tone testing are given in the Tone and Digit Switch and Digitone Receiver Diagnostic LD 34 To enter commands on a maintenance telephone press the keys that correspond to the letters and numbers of the command for example to enter LD 42 return key in 53 42 The following table shows the translation from a terminal keyboard to a telephone dial pad Table 3 Translation from keyboard to dial pad Keyboard Dial pad 1 1 ABC 2 2 DEF 3 3 GHI 4 4 JKL 5 5 MNO 6 6 PQRS 7 7 TUV 8 8 WXYZ 9 9 0 0 Space or Return THE Access through the maintenance telephone 1 Press the prime DN key 2 Place the set in maintenance mode by entering XXXx91 xxxx is the customer Special Prefix SPRE number Define SPRE in the Customer Data Block and print itin LD 21 The SPRE number is typically 1 which means you would enter 191 3 To check for busy tone enter return THE a If there is no busy tone go to step 5 on page 22 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 27 Communicating with the system b Ifthere is a busy tone a program is active To end an active program and access the system enter kkkk 4 Load a program 53 xx xx represents the number of
42. b Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on any cards that are not already set to disable c Tagthe cards so they can be returned to the same slot in the replacement card cage d Remove the cards including the bus terminating units BTUs between slots 4 and 5 216 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com 10 12 13 14 15 NT5D2103 Core Network Card Cage Disconnect cables to the I O panels and backplane at the rear of the module as follows a Tag and disconnect cables from the I O panels b Remove the I O panels and the I O safety panel over the backplane to access the rear backplane connectors c Use the P0741489 Extraction Tool to disconnect cables to the backplane connectors See System cable guidelines on page 160 Disengage the module a Remove the two mounting screws that secure the rear of the card cage to the module b Remove the front trim panels on each side of the card cage c Remove the three mounting screws that secure the front of the card cage to the bottom of the module d Pull the card cage halfway out of the module Disconnect power and ground connections at the rear of the module as follows a Disconnect the system monitor ribbon cables to J1 and J2 b Disconnect the module power connectors These are small orange connectors plugged into the Module Power Distribution Unit MPDU with AC power or connected
43. go to the next possible cause Defective wiring If only one telephone is affected make sure wiring is properly connected and wires are not interchanged crossed or grounded Check the wiring between the telephone and the cross connect terminal Check the wiring between the IPE shelf and the cross connect terminal If there is a wiring problem correct it If there is still a problem with the telephone go to the next possible cause Defective IPE card Software disable the telephone TN by entering LD 32 DISU 1 s c u Is cu represents loop shelf card and unit numbers Disconnect wiring between the IPE card and the cross connect terminal Reenable and test the TN by entering ENLU 1s cu Wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received indicating a problem with the card or unit replace the card If there is no a message indicating a problem with the card or unit reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective controller card If several telephones on different cards in the same loop are affected replace the controller card If there is still a problem with the telephone reinstall the original controller card and go to the next possible cause Defective If several telephones on different cards in the same module are affected ringing replace the ringing generator for the shelf even if the green LED on the generator unit is lit If there is still a problem w
44. 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 for information about system cabling To replace other equipment see Replacing equipment on page 187 It may be necessary to replace one of the following IPE card telephone wiring to the telephone Possible cause Action Defective wiring Make sure wiring is properly connected and wires are not interchanged crossed or grounded 100 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action Check the wiring between the telephone and the cross connect terminal Check the wiring between the IPE shelf and the cross connect terminal If there is a wiring problem correct it If there is no problem with the wiring go to the next possible cause Defective telephone Disconnect the telephone from the jack Plug in another telephone of the same type If the replacement telephone works replace the telephone you removed If the replacement telephone does not work reconnect the original telephone and go to the next possible cause Note If the telephone is a Meridian Modular Telephone enter LD 32 IDU Ls u If there is no response replace the telephone If there is an appropriate response see Add on modules in Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for self test instructions
45. 1000 systems Communication Server 1000M Single Group CS 1000M SG Communication Server 1000M Multi Group CS 1000M MG Communication Server 1000E CS 1000E System migration When you upgrade a Meridian 1 system to run Avaya Communication Server 1000 software and configure it to include a Signaling Server it become an Avaya Communication Server Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 17 Overview 1000M system Table 1 Meridian 1 systems to CS 1000M systems on page 18 lists each Meridian 1 system that supports an upgrade path to an Avaya CS 1000M system Table 1 Meridian 1 systems to CS 1000M systems This Meridian 1 system Maps to this CS 1000M system Meridian 1 PBX 61C CS 1000M Single Group Meridian 1 PBX 81C CS 1000M Multi Group For more information see the following document Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Upgrades Overview NN43021 458 Intended audience This document is intended for individuals responsible for maintaining Large Systems Conventions Terminology The following systems are referred to generically as Large System Communication Server 1000M Single Group CS 1000M SG Communication Server 1000M Multi Group CS 1000M MG Meridian 1 PBX 61C Meridian 1 PBX 81C Related information This section lists information sources that relate to this document 18 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1
46. 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 99 Clearing telephone faults Possible cause Action LD 32 IDU1scu If there is no response replace the telephone If there is an appropriate response see Add on modules in Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for self test instructions Defective IPE card software disable the telephone TN by entering LD 32 DISU 1s c u scu loop shelf card unit Disconnect the wiring between the IPE card and the cross connect terminal Reenable and test the TN by entering ENLU 1s cu Wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received indicating a problem with the card or unit replace the card If there is no OVD a message indicating a problem with the card or unit reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective wiring to telephone Make sure wiring is properly connected and wires are not interchanged crossed or grounded Check the wiring between the telephone and the cross connect terminal Check the wiring between the IPE shelf and the cross connect terminal If there is a wiring problem correct it Symptom Noise or low volume on all calls There is noise on the line on all calls or the volume is lower than usual on all calls See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting telephones See Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian
47. 175 Binor ala PT 175 guest T 176 VETE ERREUR POCIO sts rb PRU Corb rc bo Vcr bod aad pb abad eua RA Vu ba ra Pp 176 p EE Reus i DB IDEE EET LUTTE S 176 Eua Me 178 Main ng n FO 179 M duls power supply III e Oion 180 EA A e E A E T E E E A E A 181 Chapter 21 Routine MAIMIONANCG cisictieiesicciiccineiasassissacainceadenissiaseaasnntseiscsdsdacdadanmnnannnanane 183 Ba MC V amnetcebidaeeeaice 183 xcoc culE jf M 183 Aue batery Sy SIEM cU 183 Freva PUTA EE NCE M 184 Chapter 22 Replacing equipment nssesssnnnrrennnnunnrnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnan RIEN FEM nna 187 S o E ELEM 187 Replacing GP PM Signaling Server SQUIBINGN susse N A Y Rcs 189 Replacing defective Signaling Sevei coisi dubie tuni koe kie SK kb Eas 189 Replacing the hard drive on a CP PM Signaling Server cecccecseesseeceeeereteeeeeeeeseeneseeeteeneseneteaee 189 Removing module covers and pedestal amis ies e tee Pate do a Ern tate ied catia cS 189 NIG res T 189 aic 3r Pug uc 190 Removing UK ar exhaustanteka grille is cocti tient a E eb a Lees d dM pea 190 WrIPetFUbsr Superlbop Network D BE usos qe pe RA ER EXER Ete CR HE AS 191 ANTIPS Foer Peripheral Contalar GOBP aacie o Haee abr REIR R RA a 192 Communication Ser
48. 5 Unseat the SYS UTIL card 6 Remove the two cables and the security device holder from the faceplate of the SYS UTIL TRANS card At the back of the module use a small bladed screwdriver to remove the screws located on the top and bottom of the SYS UTIL TRANS card cards Be careful not to drop the screws into the Pedestal Refer to Figure 25 Core Net backplane on page 197 8 Install the replaced NT4N68 SYS UTIL TRANS card 9 Gently push the latches forward to set the card and lock it in place 10 12 13 14 15 16 A Caution Damage to Equipment Never force the card into the slot It the card gets stuck remove it and try again Use a small bladed screwdriver to replace the screws on the SYS UTIL TRANS cards Replace the cables and security device connections to the faceplate of the SYS UTIL TRANS card Reseat the SYS UTIL card and push the latches to set the card into the backplane connector At the front of the module hardware enable the NT4N67 System Utility card set the faceplate switch to ENB In LD 135 on the inactive CP software disable the SYS UTIL card ENL SUTL c 15 Enable the SYS UTIL card where c Core number 0 or 1 This software enables both the cCPI System Utility card and its associated cCPI System Utility Transition card In LD 135 on the inactive CP check the SYS UTIL card status STAT SUTL c 15 Disable the SYS UTIL card where c Core number
49. Air probe Perforated panel bottom 553 5887 Figure 44 Air probe harness Remove the orange connector from the right angle bracket at the top of the module Simultaneously push the four small snaps two on each side on the connector to release it from the bracket See Figure 45 Connector for the air probe harness on page 262 Push here Orange connector Push here 553 5888 Figure 45 Connector for the air probe harness Installing the replacement air probe harness 1 Install the replacement air probe harness a Gently push the air probe into the clip holder b Route the air probe wiring on the perforated panel At the rear edge of the panel route the wires with wiring for the thermostat harness Secure loose cabling to the perforated panel with cable ties Turn the perforated panel over Slide it slightly to the right at the rear of the column so it is in a secure position Position wiring from the perforated panel so it rests in the cable well next to the orange connector at the rear of the module See Figure 46 Routing the air probe harness from the top cap on page 263 262 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D52AB NT8D52DD Pedestal Blower Unit Cable well Orange connector Top of wall module bs Bracket View at rear of module 553 5889 Figure 46 Routing the air probe harness from the top
50. C card is still faulty replace the IODU C card If the CMDU part of the IODU C enables after it is moved replace the card cage assembly in the module from which it was removed CD ROM drive not For redundant systems remove the disk from the CD ROM operating drive place it in the CD ROM drive of the other Core and test operation If the CD ROM drive is operational it may be necessary to replace the IODU C card with the faulty CD ROM drive CD disk is damaged If there is another CD ROM disk insert that CD ROM disk into a known operational IODU C card and load the Software Installation Tool from the correct Install Program diskette In the Software Installation Tool goto the Tools Menu and select option lt j gt To check the customer specific part of the CD ROM If this test is successful the message Checking directory cdx xxxx DMR Nxx ended successfully is displayed If the test is successful it is unlikely the CD ROM disk is damaged However if the test indicates a failure to read all files on the CD ROM disk then the CD ROM disk is damaged and should be replaced 56 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action Mismatch between the Security Device and keycode Positively identify the NT SDID 8 digits engraved on the face of the Security Device with the NT SDID conta
51. DTLS enabled to communicate with vaya Communication Server 1000 with DTLS for signalling security IP Phone registration faults related to DTLS IP Phone registration problems related to DTLS can be caused by the following problems certificate validations improper firewall configurations IP Phone registration can fail if the IP Phone does not support DTLS Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 107 Clearing IP telephone faults Symptom Displays Terminal Manager Connect A phone configured for switchover mode action byte 1 attempts to register with the LTPS prompts for node ID and TN displays Terminal Manager Connect and then Server Unreachable No error messages on the LTPS is generated Possible cause Action A firewall between the phone and the LTPS Allow UDP traffic on port 5101 on the that prevents communication on the UDP firewalls port 5101 Symptom Displays Server Unreachable A phone configured for switchover mode action byte 1 or Secure Handshake action byte 7 mode attempts to register with the LTPS and displays Server Unreachable No error messages on the LTPS is generated Possible cause Action Node DTLS policy is configure to DTLS Configure the node DTLS policy to DTLS Always Best Effort or reconfigure the phone to use the Secure Handshake mode A firewall exists between the phone and Allow the UDP traffic on po
52. Install Menu o a C Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 281 Replacing equipment MAIN MENU The Software Installation Tool will install or upgrade Meridian 1 System Software Database and the PE ROM both CP and IOP ROM You will be prompted throughout the installation and given the opportunity to quit at any time Please enter lt CR gt gt lt u gt To Install menu t To Tools menu q Quit Enter choice u 553 7780 Insert the Keycode diskette when prompted and select a to continue with the keycode validation Please insert the diskette with the keycode file into the floppy drive Please enter lt CR gt gt a Continue with the keycode validation the keycode diskette is in the floppy drive q Quit Enter Choice a 553 7729 7 Select the following options in sequence from the Install Menu lt g gt to reinstall CP software lt y gt to start installation lt y gt to continue installation lt a gt to continue with ROM upgrade cr to return to the Install Menu 8 Atthe Install Menu select the following options in sequence e to install CP BOOTROM lt y gt to start installation lt y gt to continue installation lt a gt to continue with ROM upgrade cr to return to the Install Menu 9 Remove the diskette from the slot 10 Select the following options to quit lt q gt to quit 282 Communication Server 1000
53. Network Module backplanes 160 disconnecting cables from 160 CP Call Processor ssss 23 51 214 280 in Core Module Card Cage 214 installing card seseeeeeees 280 DOWNS c 23 removing card cceccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeeeeeeeeeess 280 GPIO DOLES secorre aerae Yi AAA TEER natn 23 PES tee E E E IE 21 51 148 171 March 2013 leere 21 COnllO s iret rte stereo tu dec a Cro b an Ari downloading firmware from ssss 148 Customer Configuration Backup and Restore 121 D data cartridges siirsin iaaii 51 data disks precautions sssssssssss 159 DC power battery systems ssseseeeess 183 DCE POMS DETUR 23 diagnostic software programs sess 147 diagnostics interactive ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 152 Digital Line Cards sssseeene 244 IASTAING Mem 244 removing eee ennt 244 Direct Dial Inward Trunk Cards eee 244 K Ineyuipc 244 Direct Inward Dial Trunk Cards 244 Kies 244 Direct Outward Dial Trunk Cards 244 Kn een 244 disabling circuit cards eeeeeeee 164 disks precautions sssessseeeeeree 159 DLB Dua
54. QoS IP statistics by attribute for a specific zone AQOS attribute ALL Print QoS IP statistics by attribute for all zones ZQOS zone attribute Print QoS IP statistics by zone for a specific attribute Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 131 Proactive Voice Quality Management Command Description ZQOS zone ALL Print QoS IP statistics by zone for all attributes LD 117 Configure voice quality metric thresholds To configure voice quality metric thresholds on a per call or zone basis see Table 26 LD 117 Configure voice quality metric thresholds on page 132 To configure voice quality metric thresholds in Element Manager select Configuration gt IP Telephony Quality of Service Table 26 LD 117 Configure voice quality metric thresholds Command Description CHG CQWTH WarnJitter lt WarnLatency gt lt WarnPacketLoss gt lt WarnRFactor gt Change voice quality Warning thresholds on a per call basis e lt WarnJitter gt 5 20 200 msec lt WarnLatency gt 5 40 100 msec lt WarnPacketLoss gt 5 20 100 in units 1 10 of a percent For example 10 means 1 lt WarnRFactor gt 20 65 94 Changes to threshold values are not propagated to the Signaling Server or the Voice Gateway Media card until a data dump is performed CHG CQUTH lt Unacpuitter gt lt UnacpLatency gt lt UnacpPacketLoss gt l
55. ROM in card slot xx from the context x11xxxx to the context x11xxxx This will replace old IOP ROM with the ROM image files p os ioprom You may Continue with ROM upgrade or Quit now and leave ROM unchanged Please enter lt CR gt gt lt a gt Continue with ROM Upgrade q Quit Enter choice a 553 7787 At the Install Menu select the following options in sequence to copy the customer database from the redundant disk lt d gt to go to the Database menu lt d gt to copy the database from the redundant disk lt y gt to confirm installation status summary lt a gt to confirm database copy Remove the diskette from the IODU C card and select lt q gt to quit and reload the system Select lt y gt to confirm quit Select lt a gt to reboot the system The system automatically performs a sysload and system initialization during which several messages appear on the system terminal Wait until initialization has finished INI messages are no longer displayed on the system terminal before continuing In the inactive Core enable the NT6D65 CNI cards by setting the ENB DIS faceplate switches to ENB In the inactive Core perform the following steps in uninterrupted sequence a press and release the MAN RST button b when SYS700 messages appear on CP LCD display set the MAINT NORM switch to NORM Within 60 seconds the LCD displays the following messages confirming the process RUNNING ROM OS E
56. System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 241 Replacing equipment Removing and replacing a Remote Carrier Interface card 1 Load Network and Peripheral Equipment Diagnostic Program LD 32 At the gt prompt type LD 32 and press the Enter key to access the program Type DSXP x where x is the Remote Carrier Interface card number and press the Enter key to disable the card The Remote Carrier Interface card is now disabled and can be removed Unlatch the card locking devices by squeezing the tabs and pulling them away from the card Pull the card out of the IPE module or cabinet and place it into an antistatic bag away from the work area Hold the replacement card by the card locking devices and insert it partially into the card guides in the module Pull the upper and lower locking devices away from the faceplate on the card and insert the card firmly into the backplane connector Press the card locking devices firmly against the faceplate to latch the card inside the module The Remote Carrier Interface card automatically starts the self test Observe the red LED on the front panel during self test If it flashes three times and stays on it has passed the
57. This section describes how to replace the Power Distribution Unit PDU for AC powered systems A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the PDU 1 Turn off power at the distribution box If the column is not hardwired unplug the power cable 2 Remove the grill on the rear of the pedestal Figure 48 NI8D53CA Power Distribution Unit AC on page 265 shows the location of the unit in the rear of the pedestal Figure 48 NT8D53CA Power Distribution Unit AC 3 Loosen the three mounting screws that secure the field wiring access plate Lift the plate over the screws and set it aside Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 265 Replacing equipment 4 Tag and disconnect wiring to the LRTN GND L2 and L1 connections on the right side of the field wiring terminal See Figure 49 Connections at the field wiring terminal on page 266 Push all the wires down into the empty area under the pedestal A Caution Damage to Equipment Label wires carefully They must be reconnected correctly or the system may be damaged LRTN GND L2 L1 ToLRE 553 2086 Figure 49 Connections at the field wiring terminal 5 Tag and disconnect cables to the NT8D22 System Monitor Loosen the two retaining screws on the system monitor Remove the card 6 Disconnect cable
58. a Eee e 151 Ey SRN L a e E E E E E E E E E E E E 151 Interactive diagno SOS annso ai 152 curl Cra WB v 152 Mae nidi cuc irr MT 155 8 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Chapter 19 Hardware replacement guidelines eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 157 nr m m 157 us x mentee aaa ens 157 Pover 18 11 810 Tl ee ero erro PEOrE APO ECE EY Pony A oer rT reprare 157 DEEE a mr 158 SNS ie sca snsenaniedd E m UU T 159 Eyebsm tade ODUICB TIMOR scc arbi uet Seekers dept e soie Hk eod Gases al Guia s AiE A 160 Chapter 20 Hardware maintenance tools eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen 163 qi ee ee ER 163 B c i riai nie Luiaddasd cea Meniakie tedster cabin deen aa aa 163 Credit card Te MTE RE S D ai Tm 163 ppc PE EEA E E E E A E ines 164 Pia See ea SWG n A A pn SAE 164 CEDi T ceere rrr ree mer en cer rrr her crest rere rrarerrr a terry tte 165 Malnbetianice display ro m 167 SHANI eel cq e EE 170 Smaling Serve HSFCWBF Eo vagi cr E aOR a aad ri a n aan ceu 171 uM Er qi T eames 171 iri piger 171 N rmalimnaimenahce cC DURER EE E D ED T T 171 PPS ICL e Tiitel T 173 e CEMENTO E E L0 E A 1 TS 175 Miao ala e E
59. an OVD message the loop If an OVD message is received replace the inter shelf cable Reinsert cards on the IPE shelf If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective Check terminal equipment such as attendant consoles and telephones terminal on the disabled loop equipment If defective terminal equipment is found see the appropriate chapter such as Clearing attendant console faults on page 89 to fix the fault Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Symptom Loop disabled without OVD message QPC414 Network Card There is probably a system message indicating that the loop or loops on this card are defective or disabled but there is no overload OVD message indicating the card is disabled The LED on the faceplate may be lit For information about switch settings see Avaya Circuit Card Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Reference NN43001 311 It may be necessary to replace one of the following Dual loop peripheral buffer DLB card QPC659 Network card QPC414 IPE card Cable between network card and DLB card Possible cause Action Defective network card Test the loops on the card by entering LD 30 LOOP loop loop represents the loop number Try to enable the loops by entering ENLL loop Wait for an OVD mess
60. and the SDI System Monitor cable from the card faceplate Unlatch the card s locking devices by squeezing the tabs and pulling the upper locking device away from the card and pressing the lower locking device downward Pull the card out of the network module and place it into an antistatic bag away from the work area Check the replacement card and make sure that the Electro optical packlets are already installed If not installed install the new packlets or remove the packlets from the faulty Fiber Superloop Network card and install them on the replacement card if you are sure that the packlets are not faulty 7 Set the replacement card ENB DIS switch to DIS 8 Hold the replacement card by the card locking devices and insert it partially into the 10 12 13 card guides in the module Pull the upper locking device away from the faceplate on the card and press the lower locking device downward and insert the card firmly into the backplane connector Press the upper locking device firmly against the faceplate and press the lower locking device upwards to latch the card inside the module Set the ENB DIS switch on the Fiber Superloop Network card to ENB The Fiber Superloop Network card automatically starts the self test Observe the red LED on the front panel during self test If it flashes three times and stays on it has passed the test go on to step 13 If it does not flash three times and stay on it
61. attempting to insert the cable connector at an angle Do not push the connector in any further after hearing the detent click Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 161 Hardware replacement guidelines 162 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 20 Hardware maintenance tools Contents This section contains information about the following topics for Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems Overview on page 163 Circuit card features on page 163 Signaling Server on page 170 CPU controls on page 171 System alarms on page 175 System monitor indicators on page 176 Overview There are fault indicators and hardware features that help perform maintenance tasks particularly identifying and clearing faults These maintenance tools include the following circuit card features that include card level tests and status indicators CPU controls that allow control of common equipment functions system alarms that categorize the severity of a system failure system monitor indicators that identify power and temperature faults Circuit card features Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 163 Hardware maintenance tools Card test A card test checks to see that a card is working correctly Many cards perform a self test on power up Ca
62. card 553 9488 Figure 52 3PE Termination Panel in the Core Net module top view Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 271 Replacing equipment 3PE termination panel Y CCNI 3PE connection to Transition cards CCNI transition card and cables Slot 9 0 u aomi factory installed factory installed i y T E Ha TER o CE 55 CCNI slots 12 11 10 9 I Figure 53 Core Net backplane rear view 272 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 NT8D3503 NT8D3507 Network Module Card Cage 3PE Termination Panel Install SDI Paddle Board o before connecting 3PE cables Termination Panel to Termination panel 3PE card cables cables factory installed Figure 54 3PE Termination Panel rear module view CCNI slot and port assignments Each system contains a minimum of one and a maximum of four CNI cards Each cCNI card contains two ports to support up to two Network groups Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 273 Replacing equipment cCNI cards are identified by slot and port Each port is assigned in software to a specific Network group Use the System Layout Plan to determine the connections for the system Each 3PE card has two faceplate connections J3 and J4 Two cables are used for each card 3PE cards in Network shelves 0 are con
63. card DIS SUTL c 15 Disable the SYS UTIL card where c Core number 0 or 1 This software disables both the cCPI System Utility card and its associated cCPI System Utility Transition card Hardware disable the SYS UTIL card Set the faceplate switch to DIS Use a small bladed screwdriver to remove the screws from the SYS UTIL card To remove the card hold the card by the faceplate latches and gently pull it out of the slot To install the replacement card hold the card by the faceplate latches and gently push it into the slot until the connectors make contact with the backplane Gently push the latches forward to set the card and lock it in place A Caution Damage to Equipment Never force the card into the slot It the card gets stuck remove it and try again 9 Use a small bladed screwdriver to replace the screws on the card hardware enable the SYS UTIL card set the faceplate switch to ENB Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 199 Replacing equipment 11 In LD 135 software enable the SYS UTIL card ENL SUTL c 15 Enable the SYS UTIL card where c Core number 0 or 1 This software enables both the cCPI System Utility card and its associated cCPI System Utility Transition card 12 In LD 135 check status STAT SUTL c 15 This checks the status SYS UTIL status where c Core number 0 or 1 This checks the status of both the cCPI Sys
64. card cage being removed is in the column with a slave system monitor column 1 follow the steps below On the system monitor column 0 disconnect the RJ11 cable to J3 and the cable to J6 Pull the system monitor out of the slot 5 On column 1 disconnect the cables and pull the system monitor out of the slot 6 Loosen the two screws on the card and pull the card out of the slot Note If a slave is removed the master considers that slave and all slaves with a higher address as disabled For example if the slave designated XSM 2 is disabled the master also reports slaves 3 4 and higher are disabled Installing the replacement system monitor 1 Set option switches on the replacement card with the same configuration as on the card that was removed If there is a vintage change refer to Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 for any differences 2 Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and tighten the two screws on the front of the card 3 Connect cables to the replacement card 4 Replace the grill on the rear of the pedestal 252 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D41 Dual or Quad Port Serial Data Interface paddle board 5 Load LD 37 and software enable the associated SDI port LD 37 ENL TTY x Enable the device associated with the port ok Exit LD 37
65. card until a data dump is performed LD 117 Print voice quality metric thresholds To print voice quality metric thresholds use the following command Table 27 LD 117 Print voice quality metric thresholds Command Description PRT QSTHS Print all voice quality thresholds LD 117 Configure voice quality sampling polling To configure the sampling polling period zone alarm rate collection window and the minimum number of samples to collect during the window see Table 28 LD 117 Configure voice quality sampling polling on page 133 To configure voice quality sampling in Element Manager select Configuration gt IP Telephony gt Quality of Service Table 28 LD 117 Configure voice quality sampling polling Command Description CHG SQOS lt SamplePeriod gt lt SampleRateWindow gt lt MinSampleCnt gt Change voice quality sampling parameters Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 133 Proactive Voice Quality Management Command Description lt SamplePeriod gt 5 30 60 lt SampleRateWindow gt 60 300 3600 seconds lt MinSampleCnt gt 50 100 1000 LD 117 Configure zone alarm notification levels Systems that process a large number of calls potentially generate a significant number of SNMP alarms Controlling the number of alarms by configuring zone alarm notification levels assists in isolating voice quality p
66. controllers should be enabled with no errors and locked to the primary or secondary reference Execute full diagnostic tests LD 39 TEST ALL ARRAN SLE There should be no FIJI error messages Note FIJI080 FIJI081 error messages can be displayed indicating 360 test failures on Network Loops where DPRI NT5D12xx packs are installed with vintages less than AH This is a known issue with these vintages of Dual PRI packs as they interfere with the timeslots used by the 360 tests of FIJI Execute the Clock switch at least 10 times once every minute 294 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com P0699798 Air Filter LD 39 SCLK Exit There should be no FIJI or XNET PLL Unlock Error messages P0699798 Air Filter This section describes how to replace the air filter in the pedestal Replacing the air filter It is not necessary to power down the system to perform this procedure 1 Remove the pedestal front grill and set it aside The air filter is directly above the blower unit in a slot in the pedestal See Figure 57 Blower unit and air filter in the front of the pedestal on page 295 Air filter Blower unit Eco 5002 Figure 57 Blower unit and air filter in the front of the pedestal 2 Grasp the plastic tabs on the front of the air filter Pull the filter out of the pedestal 3 To install a clean dry air filter a Make sure the p
67. do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption At some point in this procedure the system may initialize causing a momentary interruption in call processing Removing the 3PE card 1 software disable the 3PE The CPU associated with the CNI card must be inactive Check the status of all configured CNI cards and the network group number of both ports on each CNI card STAT CNI 2 The CPU associated with the CNI card must become inactive To switch CPUs LD 135 SCPU 3 Disable the CNI port associated with the 3PE card 298 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 QPC441 Three Port Extender Card DIS CNI c c CPU 0or 1 s card slot 8 12 p port 0 or 1 Sp NU Exit LD 135 4 If the 3PE card is in the Core Network Module disable the clock controller card in that module Check the status of the clock LD 60 SSCK x x is the CPU 0 or 1 5 If the clock is active switch the clock to make it inactive SWCK 6 Disable the clock DIS CC x PUN Exit LD 60 Go to step 10 on page 300 7 software disable the associated peripheral signaling card LD 32 DSPS x Table 44 Peripheral signaling card numbers on page 299 lists peripheral signaling card numbers specified by x WEAR Exit LD 32 Table 44 Peripheral signaling card numbers
68. enable and test the CNI card and configured ports on the card a A OO N gt ENL CNI c s c CPU 0 or 1 s card slot 8 12 TEST CNI c s SCPU Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 231 Replacing equipment RAEN Exit LD 135 Due to the need to reestablish memory shadowing and contents the test command may take a minute or more depending on memory size The LED on the CNI card flashes as the test runs If there is a problem a CCED system message is generated LEDs on the CNI cards stay lit on the inactive Core If the network loop corresponding to a CNI port is not enabled the LED for that port may stay lit 6 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT7D10 Power Distribution Unit DC This section describes how to replace the Power Distribution Unit PDU for DC powered systems A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the PDU 1 Disconnect the DC power at the source not at the PDU 2 Remove the grill on the rear of the pedestal 3 Set all five circuit breakers on the PDU to OFF down The following figure shows the location of the PDU in the rear of the pedestal 232 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT
69. has failed the test Pull the card partially out of the module and reinsert it firmly into the module If the problem persists troubleshoot or replace the Fiber Superloop Network card Connect the SDI System Monitor cable and the Fiber optic patchcords to the faceplate connectors of the replacement Fiber Superloop Network card Enable the Fiber Superloop Network card by logging in to the system terminal loading the Network and Peripheral Equipment Diagnostic Program LD 32 and executing ENLL loop where loop is the actual loop number of the Fiber Superloop Network card Tag the defective card s with a description of the problem and prepare them for shipment to your equipment supplier s repair depot NT1P62 Fiber Peripheral Controller Card Follow the steps in Removing and replacing a Fiber Peripheral Controller card on page 193 to replace a Fiber Peripheral Controller card 192 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT1P62 Fiber Peripheral Controller Card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing and replacing a Fiber Peripheral Controller car
70. in the pedestal or store it as a spare Replace the battery pack every three years even if no battery failures occurred For instructions on replacing the battery pack assembly see Replacing equipment on page 187 DC power battery systems External batteries often used with DC powered systems generally require regular visual inspections They may also require charger or rectifier tests and pilot cell tests Perform all inspections and tests according to the supplier s instructions Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 183 Routine maintenance To comply with safety requirements consult the following articles before working with any battery systems Read the Material Safety Data Sheet that must be posted to meet Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA requirements This article outlines appropriate reserve battery handling procedures Refer to National Electric Code 645 10 This article outlines requirements that call for the installation of AC and DC power kill switches to battery systems in certain environments Preventative maintenance Avaya recommends that you perform regular preventative maintenance activities There are two categories of preventive maintenance tasks monthly tasks and semi annual tasks Monthly preventative maintenance tasks Perform the following maintenance tasks on a monthly basis Back up customer data to Removable Media Devices RMDs Cr
71. it If there is no problem with the cables go to the next possible cause Defective backplane Replace the card cage assembly in the module Symptom Disabled peripheral equipment card One IPE card is disabled the red LED on a IPE card is lit or two or more units on a card are disabled A system message indicates that the card or units on the card are disabled Only one card on the shelf is affected It may be necessary to replace one of the following Controller card NT8D01BC NT8D01AC NT8D01AD Dual loop peripheral buffer DLB card QPC659 Superloop network card and network card NT8D04 QPC414 IPE card IPE card cage NT8D1303 NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective IPE card Replace the affected card Enable the card by entering LD 32ENLC 1s c l s c loop shelf card Test the card by entering LD 30 SHLF 1 s Defective controller card or DLB card Replace the controller card or DLB card Enable the IPE card by entering LD 32 ENIC 1 s c Test the card by entering LD 30 SHLF 1 s Defective network card Replace the network card Test the loop by entering LOOP loop loop represents the loop number Defective backplane Replace the card cage assembly in the module 80 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Symptom More than
72. it with two screws nuts and washers 11 Reinstall the plastic safety cover over the terminal block 12 Reseat the blower unit Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 313 Replacing equipment 13 14 15 16 17 a Lift the unit slightly and slide it into the pedestal glides Set the toggle switch to ON right b Tighten the screws on the front of the unit c Replace the front pedestal grill Insert the system monitor card Tighten the screws on the card faceplate Reconnect cables to the system monitor Set all five circuit breakers on the PDU to OFF down Reconnect the source of DC power One at a time starting with the breaker for the blower unit set the circuit breakers on the PDU to ON up Make sure the green LED is lit on the power supply unit s in each module Note On initial power up the blower may rotate slower than expected As the sensor detects heat the blower rotates more rapidly Replace the rear pedestal grill Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center 314 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com 3PE card BTU CBT CE CE PE CMA card CMDU card Conference TDS card CNI CP CPU DLB card DTR card Network DTR card FDI card FDU FN card IF card IOP IPE MDU MSI card IPE Communication Serv
73. main and reserve power supplies A reserve back up power supply can be connected to the system either an Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS for AC powered systems or reserve batteries for DC powered systems If the main source of external power is lost power to the system is maintained by the UPS or reserve batteries If the main power supply is lost the system monitor generates a major alarm The NT8D22 System Monitor also generates system messages to indicate the system is running on reserve power Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 179 Hardware maintenance tools Module power supply failure There are four types of module power supplies common equipment CE power supply common peripheral equipment CE PE power supply Intelligent Peripheral Equipment IPE power supply ringing generator The NT8D22 System Monitor handles complete or partial failures in a module power supply as follows If the output voltage is higher than the threshold for 5 volts the affected power supply shuts down the column LED lights and a system message is sent If the output voltage is higher than the threshold for other than 5 volts power for only that voltage shuts down in the affected power supply the column LED lights and a system message is sent If the output voltage is lower than the threshold for any voltage power for only that voltage shuts down in the affected power supp
74. mounting screws Tighten the screws 7 Turn on power at the distribution box or plug in the power cable 8 Set the main circuit breaker to ON up 9 Replace the pedestal grill 10 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 267 Replacing equipment NT8D56AA NT8D56AC NT8D57 Module Power Distribution Unit This section describes how to replace the following Module Power Distribution Units MPDU NT8D56AA single breaker MPDU for the NT8D29 CE Power Supply AC NT8D56AC single breaker MPDU for the NT7D14 CE PE Power Supply AC NT8D57 dual breaker MPDU for the NT8D06 PE Power Supply AC and NT8D21 Ringing Generator AC A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the MPDU 1 Remove the rear grill on the column pedestal Set the main circuit breaker to OFF down A Caution Service Interruption Shutting off the main circuit breaker disables the entire column 2 Remove the I O safety panel over the backplane 3 Tag and disconnect the power plugs to the MPDU 4 Remove the metal plate covering the MPDU in the front of the module by removing the mounting screw in each corner 5 Unhook the locking devices on the power supply next to the MPDU Pull the power supply out of the card
75. oa RC ENL TTY x When the process is complete a system response is displayed e If there is a problem an IOD system message is generated and the red LED is lit on the faceplate of the card If there is no problem exit LD 37 KKK 7 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 307 Replacing equipment Replacing an NT7D10 PDU with an NT7D67CB PDU This section describes how to replace an NT7D10 PDU with an NT7D67CB PDU in DC powered systems Note The NT7D67CB PDU replaces the NT7D10 PDU However both PDUs can be used in a system Note Conduit is not required with the NT7D67CB PDU but can be used Before beginning this procedure prepare for the installation Additional wire may be required see step 1 on page 308 An electric drill fitted with a 234 in metal bit must be available A Rear Mount Conduit Kit NT7D0902 must be available A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the PDU 1 Check the length of existing wire to the PDU Due to the location of the field wiring terminal block on the NT7D67CB PDU 6 to 9 inches more length is required to reach its terminals than is required to reach those on the NT7D10 PDU Note The existing service loop
76. on Routine maintenance on page 183 f the filter is damaged in any way replace the filter as described on Replacing equipment on page 187 If there is no problem with the air filter or if the breaker trips when reset check the air probe harness Make sure the harness is securely connected to the module below it Use an ohm meter to check the connector pins for the harness if there is an open circuit between pins 1 and 2 replace the harness If there is no problem with this equipment go to the next possible cause Defective connection to system monitor Make sure cables to connectors J5 and J6 are securely connected to the system monitor in the column Check the system monitor connections to each module If the breaker trips with the cables connected replace the cables one at a time until the breaker stays on Symptom Main circuit breaker on but all column LEDs off AC power All the LEDs in the column are off but the main circuit breaker on the PDU is not tripped Use this procedure to clear the problem It may be necessary to replace one of the following PDU NT8D53AB Main power cord e UPS Possible cause Action Power cord not connected If the power cord for the column is unplugged plug it in If the power cord is already plugged in or if the column LEDs do not light when it is plugged in go to the next possible cause 44 Communication Server 1000M
77. one peripheral equipment card disabled More than one IPE card or two or more units on different cards are disabled on the same shelf There is a system message indicating that the cards or units on the cards are disabled It may be necessary to replace one of the following Cable between network card and IPE shelf Controller card NT8D01BC NT8D01AC NT8DO1AD Dual loop peripheral buffer DLB card QPC659 Superloop network card and network card NT8D04 QPC414 IPE card IPE card cage NT8D1303 NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective controller Replace the controller card or DLB card card or DLB card Enable the IPE card by entering LD 32ENLC 1 s c l s c loop shelf and card numbers Test the card by entering LD 30 SHLF 1 s Defective cable from Disable the loop for the affected shelf by entering network card DISL loop loop represents the loop number Replace the cable from the network card to the IPE shelf Test the loop by entering LOOP loop Defective network Replace the network card card Test the loop by entering LOOP loop Defective IPE card Replace the affected card Enable the card by entering LD 32 ENLC 1 s c Test the card by entering LD 30 SHLF 1 s Defective backplane Replace the card cage assembly in the module Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 81 Clearing peripheral equipment faults 82 Com
78. one telephone is affected test digitone receiver the digitone receivers in the system by entering LD 34 DTR 1sc u where Is c u loop shelf card unit of the DTR Replace any units that fail the test If there is still a problem with the telephone go to the next possible cause Excessive Additional digitone receivers may be required to handle the traffic in the Digitone traffic system See Avaya Traffic Measurement Formats and Outputs Reference NN43001 750 Symptom No ring on 500 and 2500 telephones Both 500 and 2500 telephones do not ring One or several sets in the same module are experiencing the problem See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting telephones See Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning 104 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures NN43021 310 for information about system cabling To replace other equipment see Replacing equipment on page 187 It may be necessary to replace one of the following Ringing generator NT6D42 NT8D21 IPE card telephone wiring to the telephone CE PE or IPE card cage NT8D1103 NT8D1303 NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective telephone If only one telephone is affected replace it If there is still a problem with the telephone
79. replacement card hold the card by the faceplate latches and gently push it into the slot until the connectors make contact with the backplane 7 Gently push the latches forward to set the card and lock it in place A Caution Damage to Equipment Never force the card into the slot It the card gets stuck remove it and try again 8 Use a small bladed screwdriver to replace the screws on the card 9 hardware enable the cCNI card set the faceplate switch to ENB 10 software enable the cCNI card LD 135 To load the program ENL CNI c s p Enable the cCNI card where c Core number 0 or 1 s Slot number 9 12 p Port number 0 1 This software enables both the cCNI card and its associated cCNI Transition card Replace the NT4N66 cPCI Core Network Interface CCNI Transition Card To replace a cCNI Transition Card software and hardware disable the NT4N65 cCNI card associated with the NT4N66 cCNI Transition Card It is necessary to disable the cCNI from the inactive core 1 Check that the Core containing the cCNI card to be replaced is inactive a The LCD LED display panel across the top of the Core Net module core cards has two rows of LEDs If either of the LEDs top red or bottom green is on for any of the cards that side is in a test or idle state b If the Core containing the cCNI Transition card is active make the other Core active SCPU Switch Core if necessary 2 In LD 135 soft
80. serial I O ports Check each SDI port by entering LD 37 STAT TTY If software is disabled try to enable it software disable hardware disable and then re enable If the card does not enable replace it If the CPU is still faulty go to the next possible cause Defective IOP card Check the IOP card Reinstall the IOP card test it and enable it LD 137 DIS IOP TEST IOP ENL IOP If the CPU is still faulty go to the next possible cause Defective CE card lit LED Unseat the CP and CNI cards and reinstall them Make sure all cables are securely connected If all cards do not recover continue with this procedure If the display on the CP card shows a fault LD 135 TEST CPU If there is a problem with the test CCED system messages are generated If the LED is lit on some other CE card check the CNI card Enter LD 135 TEST CNI C S crepresents the CPU 0 or 1 and srepresents the card slot If the CPU is still faulty replace the CE cables one at a time If CNI is faulty disable the card before you out it If the CPU remains faulty go to the next possible cause Symptom Floppy disk unit not operating There may be a lit LED on the Floppy Disk Unit FDU There may be a maintenance display code on the Floppy Disk Interface FDI card indicating a problem with the FDU For information 54 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Co
81. support Required CCITT V 32 or V 32bis compliance Recommended the ability to adjust to lower and higher speeds depending on line quality while maintaining 9600 baud at local DTE Recommended V 42 error correction Recommended V 42bis data compression The following models are tested and verified as compatible with the system Hayes V series ULTRA Smartmodem 9600 Motorola 28 8 Data Fax modem Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 25 Communicating with the system UDS FastTalk V 32 42b available through Avaya US Robotics Courier HST Dual Standard V 32bis A dispatch or call back modem normally connected to the SDI port can be used if it meets the requirements listed above To use a modem of this type that does not meet the requirements the modem can only be used in addition to a modem that does meet specifications Message format Through the system terminal enter commands that tell the system to perform specific tasks the system performs the tasks and sends messages back to the system terminal indicating status or errors System messages along with indicators such as maintenance display codes and Light Emitting Diode LED indicators identify faults in the system System messages are codes with a mnemonic and number such as PWRO0014 The mnemonic identifies an overlay program or a type of message The number identifies the specific message Table 2 System message f
82. system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption At some point in this procedure the system warm starts causing a momentary interruption in call processing Redundant systems To replace the Security Device a new Security Device and keycode are required Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 211 Replacing equipment On redundant systems the new keycode must validate against the new and existing Security Device Therefore the procedure begins with the validation of the new Keycode against the existing Security Device Replacing the Security Device on a redundant system 1 To access the Core during the replacement procedure connect a terminal to the J25 port on the I O panel in the inactive Core Module or Core Network Module To communicate with the processor use the following settings on the terminal 9600 baud 7 data space parity 1 stop bit full duplex e XOFF If using only one terminal or a switch box switch the connection from Core to Core as needed 2 Use LD 135 to switch to the Core which contains the non faulty Security Device LD 135 Load the program SCPU Switch CPUS if necessary KERR Exit LD 135 Co Insert the keycode diskette into the floppy drive on the IODU C with the non faulty Security Device 4 In LD 1
83. tea ERR YR eek En ERR UNE P Ehn 263 FEMOVING esee oe E nus Renee NE PeR a RAN NER censeass 263 BTU bus terminating unit sese 51 BTU Bus Terminating Unit a e 304 removing and installing sss 304 BUG messages ssssseeeeeeenennes 147 C CADDIES zi oeste UE reu cra E des 160 232 236 308 310 connecting n AE eterne enne 160 in PDU replacement 232 236 308 310 removing essssssssessesseseeene nennen enne 160 call processing ssesseeeeee 148 171 173 Initialize Program effect on ssssssses 148 sysload effect on ssssssssssssse 473 system initialization effect on 171 Call Processor CP card sssssssss 280 Call amp eios eene nen 72 73 85 86 90 91 96 98 104 March 2013 317 callout callin problems 85 86 90 91 96 98 conferencing problems ssseeeeeeess 12 no ring problems 500 or 2500 models 104 placement problems 2500 telephones and some IURIKS scende deside cement 73 transfer problems cccccsscceessssseeeeesssteeeeeseeees 12 captive Screws ssssssssssssseeee eren 190 Card Cage 277 IPE Module riri tinte centre Perez rers 277 cards circuit eeesseeeesesseeee 150 163 165 167 enable disable sw
84. the CPU and external devices Core to Network Interface CNI card links the CE bus with the three port extender 3PE card s in the network slots Three Port Extender 3PE card extends CPU signals to the network and between Core Network Interface CNI and the network Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 51 Clearing common equipment faults Common equipment faults can disable the CPU or the mass storage unit and stop call processing In addition other types of equipment such as network equipment may not operate properly while there is a CE fault in the system Look up all system messages and maintenance display codes in Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and follow the instructions given If the fault does not clear use the following procedures Take any action indicated by the maintenance display codes Continually observe and look up system messages while performing the procedure Fault clearing procedures The following table lists common equipment fault indications Refer to How to clear faults on page 29 for complete fault clearing process Table 10 Common network fault indicators Indicator Possible indications System messages BSD080 085 086 103 CED messages INIOO1 002 004 005 IODO006 007 060 061 291 297 NWS030 102 103 142 SYS messages Visual indicators Major alarm on attendant consoles Red LED lit o
85. the card cage in the column with the master system monitor was replaced reconnect the RJ11 cable to J6 and then the cable to J3 Reinstall the system monitor b If the card cage in the column with the slave system monitor was replaced reinstall the system monitor in column 1 first On the master system monitor reconnect the RJ11 cable to J6 and then the cable to J3 Reinstall the system monitor c Enter LD 37 STAT XSM Check the status of the system monitors XA Exit LD 37 28 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT5K09 Quad Digitone Receiver This section describes how to replace a defective Quad DIGITONE Receiver Card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 223 Replacing equipment A Caution Service Interruption Service is interrupted when a loop is disabled Removing the Quad DTMF Receiver card 1 Software disable the Quad DTMF Receiver card by entering LD 32 DISS 1 s I s represents loop and shelf number 2 Remove the backplane access plate
86. the card cage the remainder of the way into the module b Check the position of the EMI shield If it has shifted reposition it Remove the tape holding the EMI shield c Secure the card cage to the module with the three screws in the front and the two screws in the rear 5 Replace the trim panels on both sides of the card cage 6 Install the module power supply in the slot labeled CE pwr sup in the Core Network card cage Perform a hardware sanity check as follows a Turn on power to the module With AC power set the main circuit breaker to ON up in the rear of the pedestal With DC power set the breaker to ON up in the pedestal Then set the switch to ON up on the power supply in the module b Check the LED pattern for the card cage you are installing On the NT5D2103 card cage the LEDs are on the front side of the backplane The LEDs are in two vertical columns one on either side of slot 12 if necessary remove the CNI card to view the LEDs The LEDs on the right side of the slot apply to Core 0 and must be from the top down OFF OFF OFF OFF Those on the left side apply to Core 1 and must be ON OFF OFF OFF c Shut down power to the module again With AC power set the main breaker for the column to OFF down With DC power set the switch on the power supply and the pedestal breaker for the module to OFF down 7 Install the module power supply in the slot labeled CE pwr sup in the Core
87. the following topics Telephone faults on page 95 Fault clearing procedures on page 96 Telephone faults Telephones and terminals are the user s interface to the system and its features Components that can cause a telephone fault are the telephone itself or add on units the telephone power supply the building wiring the cross connect from the telephone to the line circuit e the unit on the peripheral line card the peripheral line card the ringing generator e the peripheral controller card the peripheral module power the peripheral module backplane Telephones and terminal faults typically affect only a single user However if more than one telephone is affected look for the following connections among others they are on the same line card they are on the same module they are on the same loop Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 95 Clearing telephone faults they are served by the same peripheral controller there is a problem with ringing or tones Use the following software programs and tests to isolate telephone faults LD 30 to test network loops LD 31 to test sets and consoles LD 32 to test peripheral controllers LD 45 to perform signaling tests Meridian Modular Telephone M2006 M2008 M2016S and M2616 self test Fault clearing procedures Table 14 Telephone fault indicators on page 96 lists common telephone fault indications Refer to H
88. the program 5 Perform tasks 6 Enter to exit the program and return the telephone to call processing mode Background routines are then loaded automatically 28 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 5 How to clear faults Contents This section contains information on the following topics Fault clearing process on page 29 Using this document on page 30 Fault indicators on page 30 Fault clearing process When a fault must be cleared in the system follow these steps Observe and record all fault indicators For accountability and future reference manually log all cleared faults in a maintenance journal System messages visual fault indicators maintenance display codes and user reports identify problems If the indicators are not current or seem incomplete print the History File for previous messages or initialize the system for information on the current status or do both Look up maintenance display codes and system messages in Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 The interpretation of the message or code may identify faulty equipment and indicate corrective action to clear the problem If you cannot clear the fault through information in this guide follow the process in this document See Using this document on page 30 Test and enable disabled equipment It may be possi
89. the system with MIDN End the session in LD 35 or LD 135 and log out of the system kkkk LOGO The midnight routine runs now 7 Check system messages produced when the midnight routine runs Clear any faults indicated 8 If there was a sysload reload while you were clearing a fault reset the correct time and date by entering LD 2 STAD day month year hour minute second Check the time and date you entered TTAD End the session in LD 2 and log out of the system LOGO 9 Replace any covers you removed from modules 10 Tag defective equipment with a description of the fault and return it to a repair center 146 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 18 Software maintenance tools Contents This section contains information about the following topics for Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems Diagnostic programs on page 147 System features on page 151 Interactive diagnostics on page 152 CS 1000 Software Logs on page 155 Diagnostic programs Diagnostic software programs monitor system operations detect faults and clear faults Some programs run continuously some are scheduled Diagnostic programs are resident or non resident Resident programs such as the Error Monitor and Resident Trunk Diagnostic are always present in system memory Non resident programs such as the Inpu
90. to each other with DC power c Disconnect the logic ground orange wire from the backplane bolt d Disconnect the frame ground green wire from the frame ground post A Caution Service Interruption Do not disconnect the main power connectors large orange connectors at the top and bottom of the module Pull the card cage all the way out of the module Note For AC powered systems after the card cage is out of the module remove the MPDU and reinstall it on the replacement card cage The screw heads for the MPDU are in the wall of the power supply slot Remove the floating power connector the black connector on the rear of the card cage Using the same mounting screws and nuts attach the connector to the new card cage Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 217 Replacing equipment Note Check the orientation of the connector Looking at it from the rear of the card cage the upper left corner pin should be empty no wire and the lower right corner pin should a wire installed The green wire should be up Installing the replacement card cage 1 Set the backplane jumpers in the card cage for Core Network 0 and Core Network 1 The jumpers are located on the backplane along the bottom of the front side the side facing into the card cage assembly a For Core Network 0 verify that the jumper between card slots 14 and 15 is closed b For Core Network 1 verify that t
91. to replace one of the following Attendant console PE card associated with the console CE PE or IPE card cage NT8D1103 NT8D1303 NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective IPE software disable the TN indicated by the OVD message by entering card LD 32 DISU 1s c u scu loop shelf card unit Disconnect the wiring between the IPE card and the cross connect terminal Reenable the TN by entering ENLU 1s c u and wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received indicating a problem with the card or unit replace the card If there is no OVD message indicating a problem with the card or unit reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective Disable the TN Disconnect the wiring from the console to the jack console Reenable the TN and wait for an OVD message If there is no OVD message replace the console If an OVD message is received reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective wiring Disable the TN Disconnect the wiring between the console and the cross connect terminal Reenable the TN and wait for an OVD message If there is no OVD message replace or repair the wiring between the console and the cross connect terminal If an OVD message is received replace or repair the wiring between the IPE shelf and the cross connect terminal If there is still a console problem reconnect all wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective Disabl
92. until the card is configured and enabled in software Then the LED goes out If the LED does not follow the pattern described or operates in any other manner such as continually flashing or remaining weakly lit replace the card Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 243 Replacing equipment 4 Software enable and test the controller card and all cards connected to the controller ENXP x If there is a problem an NPR NWS or SDL system message may be produced and the red LED lights on the controller card If there is no problem exit LD 32 kKkKK 5 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D02 NT8D03 NT8DO9 NT8D14 NT8D15 NT8D16 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Card Use this procedure to replace the following Intelligent Peripheral Equipment IPE cards NT5D11 Line Side T1 NT5D60AA CLASS Modem Card e NT5K02 Flexible Analog Line Card e NT5K07 Universal Trunk Card NT5K17 Direct Dial Inward Trunk Card NT5K18 Central Office Trunk Card NT5K19 EandM Trunk Card NT5K20 Tone Detector Card NT5K36 Direct Inward Direct Outward Dial Trunk Card NT5K48 Tone Detector Card NT5K70 Central Office Trunk Card e NT5K71 Central Office Trunk Card NT5K72 EandM Trunk Card NT5K82 Central Office Trunk Card NT5K83 EandM Trunk Card NT5K84 Direct Inward Dial Trunk Card NT5K90 Central Office Trunk Card NT5K
93. with the SNMP standards Configuration 112 Use tools such as the Command Line Interface CLI and Element Manager to configure SNMP elements for a system The tool you use depends on the system platform CS 1000E CS 1000M or Meridian 1 and the network device See the following table Table 15 SNMP elements and where they are configured SNMP configuration of CLI Element Manager Call Server Community name strings Note 1 Yes Yes Trap destinations Yes No sysgroup MIB info Yes Yes EDT EPT edits Yes No Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Supported MIBs SNMP configuration of CLI Element Manager Signaling Server Community name strings See Note 1 See Note 1 Trap destinations No Yes sysgroup MIB info No Yes Media Cards Community name strings See Note 1 See Note 1 Trap destinations No Yes sysgroup MIB info No Yes Note Note Note Propagated to the Signaling Server and Media Cards on EDD On a Meridian 1 TM is used to provision the Media Cards and other ITG devices On a Meridian 1 TM can use the same values as for the Call Server Supported MIBs Table 16 Supported MIBs on page 113 lists the standard and enterprise specific MIBs supported for each device Table 16 Supported MIBs Component Standard MIB Enterprise specific MI
94. x 8 Disable the idle ring 288 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Double slot NTRB33AF FIJI Card replacement LD 39 DIS RING Disable all FIJI cards on ring x 0 or 1 x 9 Confirm the ring is disabled LD 39 STAT RING Disable all FIJI cards on ring x 0 or 1 x 10 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the target FIJI card A Caution Service Interruption To avoid interrupting service set ENB DIS switches to DIS before disconnecting or connecting cables 11 Tag and disconnect cables to the card being removed 12 Unhook the locking devices on the card 13 Pull the card out of the card cage Follow the steps in Installing the FIJI card on page 289 to install the FIJI card Installing the FIJI card Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement FIJI card Insert the replacement FIJI card into the vacated slot Hook the locking devices Connect cables to the replacement FIJI card Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement FIJI card O A O N gt Note Wait until the FIJI card finishes the Self Test before proceeding When the display indicates the Group and Shelf where the FIJI card is located the self test is completed 6 software enable the ring LD 39 ENL RING Enable all FIJI cards on ring x 0 or 1 x 7 Confirm the ring is enabled Communication Server 1000M and Me
95. 0 or 1 This checks the status of both the cCPI System Utility card and its associated cCPI System Utility Transition card On the active CP rejoin the two CP PII cards LD 135 To load the program JOIN Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 201 Replacing equipment 3PE termination panel Y System Utility Transition card CCNI slots 12 11 10 9 553 0487A Figure 27 Core Net backplane NT4N39 CP PIV Call Processor card This section describes how to replace the NT4N39 CP PIV Call Processor card Replacing the NT4N39 CP PIV Call Processor card 1 To verify that the Call Server that contains the CP PIV card to be replaced is inactive check the System Utility card maintenance display 2 If the Call Server that contains the CP PIV card is active switch cores in LD 135 Command Description LD 135 Load the program SCPU Switch core Split the cores in LD 135 SPLIT Remove all cables connected to the CPU being replaced Use a small bladed screwdriver to remove the screws from the CP PIV card oo R O To remove the card hold it by the faceplate latches and gently pull it out of the slot 7 To install the replacement card hold the card by the faceplate latches and gently push it into the slot until the connectors make contact with the backplane 8 Gently push the latches forward to set the card and lock it in place 202 Communicat
96. 1 removing esssssssssseeeneneenn enne 191 A0378252 Battery Pack Assembly 191 FEIMOVIING MR 191 access local remote sssssse 22 23 described 2 2 4 apes Quy navt enia a Dark etu vctus 22 to system terminals eesessssssss 23 accessing system ssssssssseseeee 21 26 CPU ieee visitas deren ceto eses dvo aede e vaga abr ela Fev Pu Eo DeL da dua 21 from maintenance telephones 26 add on module problems sssesssssss 103 Air Filters A EE PE E 295 MAiA 295 TEMOVING EE 295 air filters pedestal seesseessssssss 181 183 blocked seseee nnne 181 SONVIGING tet ET 183 LMdelijep ec RR 35 Air Probe Harnesses ssesccceeeecesseeeeeeeeaseeeeeeees 260 Tem 260 EMOVING Pen I 260 alarm displays sseeeeennmen 32 alarmis SVsteli ie eicere i tene eats 175 Analog Line Cards essssseeee 244 TUclgerm eeednteedsataeeaseaeines 244 i100 I TaTo BERE 244 Analog Message Waiting Line Cards 244 hire ss satis irane E E EEEE 244 re moVving caiie aiaa aii 244 antistatic bags sssssssssssssseeeeenn 158 antistatic wrist straps sessssseee 158 attendant console alarm indications 175 attendant console faults 31 33 89 93
97. 1 p H imo 22 PO A I2 o o BLO CBO CB 553 5800 Figure 32 Field wiring terminals in the NT7D67CB PDU 12 Remove the PDU Note When a system is shipped a set of screws secures the leveling bracket at the rear of the PDU to protect against vibration during transit If the shipping screws were not removed during initial installation remove them now to pull the PDU out of the pedestal Pull the blower unit all the way out of the pedestal to access the shipping screws on the leveling bracket a Loosen the three screws that secure the PDU b Remove the two vertical screws located in the rear of the PDU that hold the L bracket to the lower pedestal c Pull the PDU out of the pedestal being careful to not chafe the cables against the pedestal d Disconnect the frame ground wire from the PDU at the frame ground bolt inside the pedestal Installing the replacement PDU for DC powered systems 1 Install the replacement PDU as follows a Connect the frame ground wire from the PDU to the frame ground bolt inside the pedestal b Guide the connector for the power cable through the hole in the top of the pedestal do not allow the PDU to drop 238 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC c Gently push the PDU into the pedestal Position the leveling bracket attached to the rear of the PDU in
98. 135 Table 37 Circuit cards with maintenance displays on page 168 lists the cards with maintenance displays and the type of information the codes indicate on each card Figure 15 Sample hex maintenance display on page 169 shows the location of the maintenance display on the faceplate of a floppy disk interface card Figure 16 Sample binary LED maintenance display on page 170 shows the location of the maintenance display on the faceplate of an NT8D01 XPEC card Table 37 Circuit cards with maintenance displays Circuit card Display indication for all related cards NT6D66 Call Processor Card During normal operation display shows self hich I NT5D61 IODU C Card test codes and port number on which Controller Clock is tracking NT8D01 Controller Card NT1P62 Fiber Controller NT7R52 Remote Carrier Interface Card 168 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Two digit maintenance display A SER E dis E a OBO a la 553 3001 Figure 15 Sample hex maintenance display Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Circuit card features March 2013 169 Hardware maintenance tools SHLF STAT Warning Turn off IPE Power Supply before removing or installing PE Controller vv Figure 16 Sample binary LED maintenance display Signaling Server The Signaling Serv
99. 2 minutes for the system to initialize A series of INI messages appear on the terminal for the inactive Core 4 Disable the clock controller card and any QPC720 Primary Rate Interface or QPC472 Digital Trunk Interface PRI DTI Cards in the card cage being replaced a Check the status of the clock controller cards LD 60 SSCK x x is the Core 0 or 1 If the clock controller card is active switch to make it inactive SWCK Disable the clock controller card DIS CC x x is the Core 0 or 1 b Setthe ENB DIS switch to DIS on the clock controller card in the card cage being replaced c Disable any PRI DTI cards in the card cage being replaced DISL loop Disable the network loop and the card WOO Exit LD 60 If the PRI DTI cards service loops that cannot be out of service move the cards to a different module and re enable them 5 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on all CNI cards and the IODV C in the card cage being replaced 6 Follow the steps below to disconnect and remove the NT8D22 System Monitor Do not turn off the blower unit in the front of the pedestals a Load LD 37 and software disable the associated SDI port LD 37 DIS TTY x Disable the device associated with the port kk Exit LD 37 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 215 Replacing equipment b If the card cage being removed is in the column with the master system monitor column 0 do the foll
100. 200a2128 sets reg 0002 busy 0000 vgws reg 0020 busy 0002 999 IPService 47 11 216 141 N A SS LTPS LINK UP 5 06 2003 22 51 06 0x200a2128 VTRK Sets reg 0302 busy 0056 VTRK reg 0050 busy 0015 999 IPService 47 11 216 141 YES ss LTPS LINK UP 5 06 2003 22 51 06 0x200a2128 VTRK Sets reg 0302 busy 0056 VTRK reg 0050 busy 0015 999 vxTarget 47 11 216 143 NO ITGP LTPS INV CONN 5 06 2003 23 18 08 0x0 vxTarget 47 11 216 144 NO ITGP LTPS FAILED 5 06 2003 22 51 06 0x0 Figure 9 Sample LD 117 STAT SERV output Table 34 STAT SERV response fields and description on page 142 lists the descriptions for the fields in the STAT SERV response Table 34 STAT SERV response fields and description STAT SERV response field Description NODE ID Identifies the related node Value is a number from 0 9999 HOSTNAME Identifies the alias that the host is given by the system Value is a string ELANIP Identifies the element s ELAN network interface IP connection to the Call Server Value is an IP address LDR Specifies if the element is the Leader for the related node Value is YES or NO SRV Specifies the element type Values are Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 LD 117 STAT SERV STAT SERV response field Description SMC Media Card 32 port card ITGP ITG P 24 port card
101. 271 CON sbra pont assaniment ND ere ater er eer etn e errr a eer nearer Terre re eer re 273 cONI to SPE Termination Panel cable connections 2 ccicccsssccsaccetaesnsssnbecevaccensseanoncetaevucceetoumndasteness 274 Connect the 3PE cables to the 3PE Termination Panels eene 275 ABS 70s IFE Module Can o P ET 277 Installing the replacement IP Madule card eage ie em irae den aA a aai 279 NT9D19 68040 Call Processor CP Card replacement in systems equipped with NT5D61 IODU C cards 280 NTAG2G Extended Mullifregueriey FecelVal uusscs escase ree rr ir ra nr cir ev n a a s 284 Installing fe replaaement AMFR CWA riria aa an nd cusa Sek 285 NTBK51AA NTBK51CA Downloadable D Channel Daughterboard ssssssssss 285 Double slot NTRB3SAFj FUI Gard replacement iie sies erkannte rk natn kon en kt nana d a Rn Eo aan Etna 287 Single Slot NTRB3SBBE5 FLI Card replacement iusus cicero nitentem tn menorca tein 290 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 ai ccr Tali MM 295 GPO43 Parpberal Sighallng Gad uoc e reta perpe t in prc RE bea Eran d boda LP pa LAS ra 296 LIPCAST ThrsssPart ExIaridar Cad aucian i ER PIN EUR ERE PUN EHI RLDUNDE RISE OH MEE 298 Insialling ihe replacement SPE CBIELu cesset edt roccia Placa nro a a ada oda Deanna 300 GOPOAT 1 OPCTTS5 NTRB53 CLOCK CONTROLLER CARD irent uttter niin n eiiiai eiiean 302 mig vgd ca
102. 38 lists common power fault indications Table 9 Power fault indicators Indicator Possible indications System messages BSD090 Program has detected a power fault indication Check PWR messages PWR messages Visual indicators Major alarm on attendant consoles Red LED lit on column top cap Green LED off on module power supply LED lit on PFTU Circuit breaker tripped down Remote alarm 38 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Indicator Possible indications User reports Major alarm reported by attendant No ring on 500 2500 telephones A Warning Modules covers are not hinged Do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Symptom Circuit breakers and all column LEDs off DC power All the LEDs in a column are off and all circuit breakers on the PDU are tripped Message PWR0004 may be received which indicates that the circuit breakers for the column are tripped See PWR in the Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and use this procedure to clear the problem High room temperature can shut down the system If all columns in a multicolumn system are shut down check for this external condition It may be necessary to replace one of the following Air filter P0699798 Air probe harness NT8D4
103. 43 print the pending keycode contents Use KSHO FO if the keycode is on the diskette in the floppy drive on Core 0 or KSHO F1 if the keycode is on the diskette in the floppy drive on Core 1 LD 143 Load the program KSHO FO or KSHO F1 Print the contents of the candidate keycode 5 Perform the KDIF command Use KDIF FO REC if the keycode diskette is inserted in the floppy drive on Core 0 or KDIF F1 REC if the keycode is inserted in the floppy drive on Core 1 KDIF FO RECOrKDIF F1 Printthe differences between the candidate and REC the current keycodes ARCH Exit LD 143 6 Disable the inactive IODU C 212 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D61 IODU C Security Device LD 137 Load the program STAT Find the status of the IODU Cs DIS CMDU x Disable the CMDU part of the inactive IODU C X DIS IOP x Disable the IOP part of the inactive IODU C x Perform the following steps on the inactive Core 7 Set the ENB DIS switch on the IODU C with the faulty Security Device to DIS 8 Unhook the locking devices and remove the IODU C 9 Remove the round 1 2 diameter IODU C Security Device from the black round 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Security Device holder on the top right corner of the IODU C card Locate the round 1 2 diameter IODU C replacement Security Device Make sure the 8 digit code on the Keycode diskette matc
104. 6 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 255 Replacing equipment Top cap Air exhaust grill Air exhaust grill Module Clips 553 5886 Figure 35 Air exhaust grills on the top cap Pull forward on the two clips underneath the front edge of each grill and lift up to remove the grill b Use a 5 16 socket wrench to remove the six bolts that secure the top cap and perforated panel See Figure 36 Top cap assembly on page 256 Lift off the top cap only Mounting bolts 1 i MEE MEE Top cap Front of column Screw for LED bracket LED on perforated panel 553 3038 Figure 36 Top cap assembly 4 Remove the thermostat harness 256 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D46AC Thermostat Harness Note The column LED and LED wiring are part of the thermostat harness a Pull the LED ring away from the LED mounting bracket See Figure 37 Mounting for the column LED on page 257 It may be necessary to loosen it with a standard screwdriver Mounting bracket Collar LED back ring jo Em Perforated panel screw 553 3048 Collar front LED Figure 37 Mounting for the column LED b Push the LED back completely out of the collar on the LED mounting bracket c Remove the LED ring by pulling it forward over the LED Keep the ring handy it is used with the replacement equip
105. 6AM System monitor cables Thermostat harness NT8D46AC Possible cause Action Low batteries If a TRIP signal to the system has shut down power Check the cable from the external power system Check the batteries and service them as necessary Short circuit or Look for signs of damage such as smoke burnt contacts or melted damage insulation that may be caused by a short circuit or misplaced equipment If a problem of this type is not found go to the next possible cause Thermal overload Make sure nothing is blocking ventilation throughout the system Allow the system to cool for a few minutes and then reset the breakers If the breakers trip immediately check the thermostat harness Make sure the harness is securely connected to the module below it Use an ohmmeter to check the connector pins for the harness if there is an open circuit between pins 3 and 4 or between pins 5 and 6 replace the harness Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 39 Clearing power faults Possible cause Action If the breakers do not trip immediately check the air filter f the filter is dirty and undamaged clean the filter as described in Routine maintenance on page 183 e f the filter is damaged in any way replace the filter as described in Replacing equipment on page 187 If there is no problem with the air filter or if the breakers tri
106. 7 DIS TTY x x is the number of the interface device attached to the port 2 Remove the rear cover on the module 3 Remove the I O safety panel by turning the screws on each side Set the cover aside 4 Set the ENB DIS switch to the disable position down on the paddle board A Caution Service Interruption To avoid interrupting service set ENB DIS switches to DIS before disconnecting or connecting cables 5 Tag and disconnect cables to the paddle board that is being removed connector J1 for port 1 connector J2 for port 2 6 Pull the paddle board out of the connector on the backplane Installing the replacement SDI paddle board 1 Set the ENB DIS switch to the disable position down on the replacement paddle board 2 Set option switches on the replacement paddle board with the same configuration as on the board that was removed 3 If there is a vintage change refer to Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for any differences 4 Plug the replacement paddle board into the vacated connector on the backplane 5 Connect cables to the replacement paddle board 6 Set the ENB DIS switch to the enable position up on the replacement paddle board 7 Replace the I O safety panel Replace the rear cover on the module 8 Software enable and test each port on the paddle board ENL TTY x TTY x If there is a problem an IOD system message is generated and the red LED lights on the faceplate of the card
107. 7D10 Power Distribution Unit DC System monitor p TES EL Circuit breaker bank Ground lugs Field wiring terminal below PDU e Figure 29 NT7D10 Power Distribution Unit DC 4 Unseat the blower unit in the front of the pedestal as follows a Remove the grill on the front of the pedestal Set the toggle switch on the front of the unit to OFF left b Turn the screws on the front of the unit counterclockwise and pull the unit forward several inches so the connector on the rear disengages A Danger Do not pull the blower unit out of the pedestal The unit is heavy and the blades on the blower may still be rotating up to two minutes after the power is turned off 5 Disconnect cables that run between the module above the pedestal module 0 and the top of the PDU as follows a Remove the rear cover on the module b Remove the I O safety panel over the backplane in the module c Disconnect the system monitor ribbon cable from the PDU d Disconnect the large orange power connector J1 from the PDU Note To disconnect the power plug press a latch trip on the front and rear of the plug It may be necessary to use a screwdriver blade against the latch trip on the front of the plug 6 Tag and disconnect cables to the NT8D22 System Monitor Loosen the two screws on the system monitor card and remove it from the PDU 7 Remove the six screws that position the PDU C
108. 8D3507 Network Module Card Cage does not use BTUs it uses hybrid terminators that are an integral part of the backplane To replace a defective backplane in an NT8D35 Network Module it is necessary to replace the card cage This section describes how to replace the Network Module Card Cage A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area On the back of each Network module backplane are five connectors A B C D and E The connectors from shelf 0 of each Network group 1 through 7 must be connected to the Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 269 Replacing equipment connectors in shelf 1 of the same Network group In North American systems these connections are made in the factory In shipments outside North America the Network shelves are shipped separately These connections must be made in the field Connect groups 1 through 7 shelf 0 to shelf 1 This connection is NOT made for Network group 0 in the Core Net modules 1 Connect an NT8D99AB cable from the A connector in shelf 0 of Network group 1 to the A connector in shelf 1 Network group 1 Connect the B connector in shelf 0 to the B connector in shelf 1 Connect the C connector in shelf 0 to the C connector in shelf 1 Connect the D connector in shelf 0 to the D connector in shelf 1 Connect the E connector in shelf 0 to the E connector in s
109. 93 Central Office Trunk Card 244 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D02 NT8D03 NT8D09 NT8D14 NT8D15 NT8D16 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Card NT5K96 Analog Line Card NT5K99 Central Office Trunk Card e NT8DO Digital Line Card NT8D03 Analog Line Card NT8D09 Analog Message Waiting Line Card NT8D14 Universal Trunk Card NT8D15 EandM Trunk Card NT8D16 Digitone Receiver DTR Card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the IPE card 1 Software disable the card LD 32 DISI ls c l s c loop shelf card NPRO11 is displayed on the system terminal when the card is disabled Busy channels are not disabled until the call is disconnected 2 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing a replacement IPE card 1 Set jumpers on the following replacement cards in the same configuration as on the card that was removed NT8D14 Universal Trunk Card NT8D15 E amp M Trunk Card To check settings see Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 2 Insert the re
110. 95 P0741489 Extraction Tool eeeeesss 160 PACKAGING wei ceci tt ehe terae reed 158 paddle boards sse 253 installing EMT nigi 253 removing prsia anneanne 253 DASSWOTOS Pm 21 PDU Power Distribution Unit 35 232 236 265 308 Dior EET EE E 265 pl M E 232 236 PE Power Supply AC sse 247 PE Power Supply DC sse 229 pedestal air filters ssesesessssssssss 181 183 blocked MEM m 181 tpm 183 Pedestal Blower Units cccccccccessseseeeeeseeeseseeeees 263 installing et 263 removing 22 cece ceeeeeeeeneceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeess 263 pedestal grills removing esses 190 peripheral equipment faults 31 33 75 81 controller card problems sssse 76 78 disabled cards cccssesescecceceeeseeeeeeeceasseeees 80 81 dual loop peripheral buffer card problems 79 list of symptoms esee 75 maintenance display codes locations for 32 procedures for clearing sssussss 75 red LED on controller cards s 78 red LED on dual loop peripheral buffer cards 79 red LED on fibre peripheral controller cards 76 typical system messages ssssssss at typical user reported problems
111. AVAYA Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 6 NN43021 700 Issue 06 01 March 2013 2013 Avaya Inc All Rights Reserved Notice While reasonable efforts have been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete and accurate at the time of printing Avaya assumes no liability for any errors Avaya reserves the right to make changes and corrections to the information in this document without the obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes Documentation disclaimer Documentation means information published by Avaya in varying mediums which may include product information operating instructions and performance specifications that Avaya generally makes available to users of its products Documentation does not include marketing materials Avaya shall not be responsible for any modifications additions or deletions to the original published version of documentation unless such modifications additions or deletions were performed by Avaya End User agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Avaya Avaya s agents servants and employees against all claims lawsuits demands and judgments arising out of or in connection with subsequent modifications additions or deletions to this documentation to the extent made by End User Link disclaimer Avaya is not responsible for the contents or reliability of any linked websites refere
112. B Call Server System group RFC 1213 Interface group RFC 2863 IP group RFC 2011 UDP group RFC 2013 TCP group RFC 2012 ICMP group RFC 2011 SNMP group RFC 3418 Entity group RFC 2737 only the following two sub groups Physical Trap group Rel 4_0 Call Server trap mib Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 113 Simple Network Management Protocol Component Standard MIB Enterprise specific MIB General Signaling Server System group RFC 1213 Interface group RFC 2863 P group RFC 2011 Trap group Rel 4 0 Sig Server trap mib Zonetrafficrpt group zonetrafficrpt mib UDP group RFC 2013 TCP group RFC 2012 ICMP group RFC 2011 SNMP group RFC 3418 Media Card System group RFC 1213 Interface group RFC 2863 P group RFC 2011 UDP group RFC 2013 TCP group RFC 2012 ICMP group RFC 2011 SNMP group RFC 3418 Trap group Rel 4_0 IP Line trap mib MIB security For security purposes read and write community name strings are used to control access to all MIB data Configuration of system group MIB parameters Commands are added to LD 117 to modify the parameters for MIB groups This includes the parameters needed for the system group MIB 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 The system group provides the basic information about
113. BTU out of the card cage 304 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com QPC659 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card 4 Insert the replacement BTU into the vacated slot 5 Reinstall the cards on both sides of the BTU 6 Turn on power to the module With AC power set the MPDU circuit breaker to ON up With DC power set the power supply switch to ON up Note As necessary software re enable cards in the module See the appropriate replacement procedures in this document 7 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center QPC659 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card This section describes how to replace a Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer DLB card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption Service is interrupted when a loop is disabled Removing the DLB card 1 Software disable the DLB card LD 32 DISS 1 s s are the loop and shelf numbers 2 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS 3 Tag and disconnect cables to the card being removed 4 Unhook the locki
114. Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Circuit card features LED indicator 553 3004 Figure 14 Sample LED indicator Maintenance display code Maintenance displays are located on the faceplate of some circuit cards A hexadecimal or binary code is displayed Interpretations of the maintenance display codes are listed in Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 Examine previous codes system messages and visual indicators with any current maintenance display codes to properly analyze faults Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 167 Hardware maintenance tools The maintenance display on the Call Processor Card NT6D66 shows two lines of information with up to 16 characters per line The hexadecimal or binary code and its definition are shown on the display Each new code shown on a maintenance display overwrites the one before it However note the following All codes received on common equipment displays are recorded Review them by printing the History File The most recent 16 codes displayed on a controller card stay in memory Review them and reset the counter through the Network and Signaling Diagnostic LD 30 The most recent 64 displays on a CP card stay in memory Review the displays on the active CP card through the Core Common Equipment Diagnostic LD
115. Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption All services on a loop are interrupted while the loop is disabled Removing the network card or superloop network card 1 Check the status of each loop on the network or superloop network card LD 32 246 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D06 NT8D21 NT8D29 Power Supply AC STAT loop If the response is DSBL for the loop s go to 2 on page 247 If there are responses other than DSBL see LD 32 in Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for an interpretation 2 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS 3 Tag and disconnect cables to the card that is being removed 4 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the replacement network or superloop network card 1 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement card On a replacement QPC414 set jumpers the same as on the card you removed If there is a vintage change be sure to check Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for any differences Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Connect cables to the replacement card Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement card Software enable each loop on the card a A C N E
116. Defective backplane Replace the card cage assembly in the module Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 77 Clearing peripheral equipment faults Symptom Red LED lit on Peripheral Controller card The red LED is lit on only one controller card Red LEDs on IPE cards on the same shelf may be lit It may be necessary to replace one of the following Controller card NT8D01BC NT8DO1AC NT8DO1AD IPE card IPE card cage NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective controller Remove and reinstall the controller card to initiate a self test EUM The maintenance display on the card shows the code for each test running see HEX in the Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 If the tests complete successfully the display continuously flashes e If the card continually fails a test the code for that test is steadily displayed If the test fails replace the card If the test passes but the card is still disabled test the loop by entering LD 30 LOOP loop loop represents the loop number If the test fails go to the next possible cause Defective IPE card Unseat all the cards in the shelf associated with the controller card If the red LED on the controller card turns off the fault is in one of the unseated cards Reinsert the cards one at a time When the controller card LED turns on again replace the
117. F down Reconnect the source of DC power One at atime starting with the breaker for the blower unit set the circuit breakers on the PDU to ON up Make sure the green LED is lit on the power supply unit s in each module Note On initial power up the blower may rotate slower than expected As the sensor detects heat the blower rotates more rapidly 8 Replace the pedestal grills in the front and rear 9 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 235 Replacing equipment NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC This section describes how to replace the Power Distribution Unit PDU for DC powered Systems A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the PDU for DC powered systems 1 Disconnect the DC power at the source not at the PDU 2 Remove the grill on the rear of the pedestal 3 In the rear of the pedestal set all five circuit breakers on the PDU to OFF down Figure 31 NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC on page 237 shows the PDU labeled FLTR PWR DIST UNIT ASSY on the equipment and the NT7D10CA System Monitor Power Supply Assembly labeled XSM PWR SUPPLY ASSY on the equipment 4 Unseat the blower unit in the front of the pedestal as follows a Remove t
118. For additional support telephone numbers see the Avaya Support website http support avaya com Suspected security vulnerabilities with Avaya products should be reported to Avaya by sending mail to securityalerts avaya com Trademarks The trademarks logos and service marks Marks displayed in this site the Documentation and Product s provided by Avaya are the registered or unregistered Marks of Avaya its affiliates or other third March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com parties Users are not permitted to use such Marks without prior written consent from Avaya or such third party which may own the Mark Nothing contained in this site the Documentation and Product s should be construed as granting by implication estoppel or otherwise any license or right in and to the Marks without the express written permission of Avaya or the applicable third party Avaya is a registered trademark of Avaya Inc All non Avaya trademarks are the property of their respective owners and Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Downloading Documentation For the most current versions of Documentation see the Avaya Support website http support avaya com Contact Avaya Support See the Avaya Support website http support avaya com for product notices and articles or to report a problem with your Avaya product For a list of support telephone numbers and contact addresses go to the Avaya Support website
119. If a problem occurs during the restore procedure do not leave the system in this state Repeat the restore procedure If you still encounter problems do an EDD to dump the current data to the call processor 5 Send the backup database file to the system by using the communications software and the XModem protocol on the computer Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 123 Simple Network Management Protocol The system displays the character C every 3 seconds until the file transfer is complete To avoid a system timeout the file transfer must be complete before the character C appears 20 times approximately 1 minute The system site ID contained in the configuration database records being sent is compared to the ID on the system If the IDs do not match the data is still restored but the following warning message appears BKP0011 Indicates that the site ID in the restored data does not match that of the system This response is normal when you use this procedure as part of an installation process Corrective action Ensure that the customer data file is the correct one and that you are not restoring the wrong file to the system If the file is correct contact Avaya technical support When the database restore is successful the system responds OK 6 If the database restore fails the system sends one of the following messages BKP0004 BKP0003 BKP0008 Indicates a fa
120. Inward Dialing DID trunk Two way Dial Repeating 2DR Outgoing Automatic Number Identification Music On Hold Equipment Central Office Trunk Provides eight trunks The signaling supported depends on the country of operation and can include Ground Start Loop Start A type signaling Loop Start Disconnect Clearing Loop Start Guarded Clearing Trunk faults can cause problems such as noise on outside calls and can keep calls from coming in or going out Fault clearing procedures Table 12 Trunk fault indicators on page 84 lists common trunk fault indications Refer to How to clear faults on page 29 for complete fault clearing process Table 12 Trunk fault indicators Indicator Possible indications System messages ERR090 220 270 OVD003 008 009 010 TRK messages Visual indicators Red LED lit on trunk card User reports Users trouble with a specific trunk Callers report continuous ringing Trouble with calls on console and or telephones 84 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 A Caution Fault clearing procedures Module covers are not hinged Do not let go of the cover Liftthe cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Symptom Trunk cannot make or receive calls OVD message received Calls cannot be made or received over a trunk An overload OVD s
121. Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Related information Technical publications The following technical publications are referenced in this document Avaya Features and Services Fundamentals NN43001 106 Avaya Equipment Identification Reference NN43001 254 Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 Avaya System Management Reference NN43001 600 Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 Avaya ISDN Primary Rate Interface Fundamentals NN43001 569 Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 e Avaya ISDN Primary Rate Interface Maintenance NN43001 71 7 Avaya Communication Server 1000 Fault Management SNMP NN43001 719 Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Overview NN43021 110 Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Planning and Engineering NN43021 220 Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 Other documentation The following publications are referenced in this document Candeo Power System User Guide P0914425 Candeo SP 48300 Power System AP6C55AA User Manual P7000154 Online To access Avaya documentation online click the Documentation link under Support on the Avaya home
122. M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT9D19 68040 Call Processor CP Card replacement in systems equipped with NT5D61 IODU C cards lt y gt to confirm quit lt a gt to reboot the system Note The system reboots Wait for the INI and DONE messages to appear before continuing It takes at least 70 seconds between the DONE and INI messages After the system initialization has finished INI messages are no longer displayed on the system terminal check for dial tone on a telephone 11 Following a successful dial tone test perform the following basic sanity tests a Make sure calls can be placed b Check for error messages line noise chatter or other problems Track sources and resolve problems as necessary 12 Place the system back in the redundant normal mode with automatic switchover capability Perform the following five steps in uninterrupted sequence on the inactive Core the Core with the replaced CP card a Press and hold down the MAN RST button on the CP card of the inactive Core b While holding down the MAN RST button set the NORM MAINT switch on the same CP card to NORM c Enable all CNI switches in the inactive Core d Release the MAN RST button e Set the CP card in the active Core to NORM After several minutes an HWI533 message is issued by the active Core indicating that the inactive Core memory is being synchronized with the active Co
123. Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com CPU controls Reload button Reload Rid or Man Rst buttons are used to manually activate the System Loader program The System Loader initiates call processing and starts memory checking diagnostics This process is called a sysload or system reload The reload button Man Rst is on the Call Processor Card To start a sysload press both reload buttons simultaneously Figure 18 Reload button on the changeover and memory arbitrator card on page 174 shows the location of the reload button on a QPC581 CMA Card Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 173 Hardware maintenance tools LBE LES M ASA GA Gi D ae w Reload button fi 553 3006 Figure 18 Reload button on the changeover and memory arbitrator card A Caution During a sysload active calls are disconnected and the system goes into an emergency line transfer state Use the reload button only if specifically instructed to do so by Avaya 174 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System alarms System alarms System alarms are based on various fault monitors and indicators The category of the alarm major minor or remote indicates the severity of the system failure A major alarm requires immediate action by the technician A mi
124. NLL loop When the process is complete a system response is displayed The card is tested automatically when all loops are enabled If there is a problem an NWS system message is generated and the red LED on the faceplate of the card flashes on the NT8D04 or is steadily lit on the QPC414 If there is no problem exit LD 32 kkkk 6 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D06 NT8D21 NT8D29 Power Supply AC This section describes how to replace the following AC power supplies NT8D06 PE Power Supply AC NT8D21 Ringing Generator AC NT8D29 CE Power Supply AC Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 247 Replacing equipment 248 A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the power supply 1 Turn off power to the module power supply If there is a Module Power Distribution Unit MPDU set the circuit breaker s on the associated MPDU to OFF down If there are two circuit breakers on the MPDU the top one is associated with the module power supply and the bottom one with the ringing generator See Figure 33 Dual circuit breaker and associated module power supplies on page 248 If there is no MPDU set the switch on the power supply faceplate to OFF down Unhook the locking devices on the po
125. NN43001 717 for the PRI verification tests DDP self test PRI status check and PRI startup test NT5D61 Input Output Disk Unit with CD ROM IODU C This section describes how to replace a faulty IODU C card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption At some point in this procedure the system warm starts causing a momentary interruption in call processing Before replacing the card make a backup copy of the customer database on a 4MB diskette by using the data dump routine Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 205 Replacing equipment Performing a data dump to back up the customer database 1 Log on to the system 2 Load the Equipment Data Dump Program LD 43 At the prompt enter LD 43 To load the program 3 When EDDO00OO appears on the terminal enter EDD To begin the data dump 4 When DATADUMP COMPLETE and DATABASE BACKUP COMPLETE appear on the terminal enter X k To exit the program A Caution System Failure If the data dump is not successful do not continue contact the technical support organization A data du
126. NTERING CP VOTE An HWI534 message from the CPSI or SDI port indicates the start of memory synchronization Within 10 minutes an HWI533 message on the inactive Core CPSI 210 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D61 IODU C Security Device or SDI TTY indicates the memory synchronization is taking place Wait until the memory synchronization is complete 21 Switch the NORM MAINT switch on the active CP card to NORM 22 Synchronize the disk drives LD 137 Load the program SYNC Synchronize the drives Synchronization may take up to 50 minutes KKK Exit the program NT5D61 IODU C Security Device This section describes how to replace the Security Device on the NT5D61 Input Output Disk Unit with CD ROM IODU C Card The Security Device is a field removable component and is located in the upper right corner of an IODU C card The device does not contain feature or software release specific information but it has a unique custom program necessary for each customer It is intended to serve the customer through numerous upgrade and feature changes The Security Device is replaced only if such a replacement is suggested by maintenance and or diagnostic programs See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting
127. Network card cage Reconnect cables to the backplane as follows a Reconnect all cables to the backplane connectors A Caution Damage to Equipment Do not try to insert the cable connector at an angle pins may be bent or broken Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 219 Replacing equipment 10 b Route the NTND14 CNI to 3PE cables to the right side facing the rear of the module and tie wrap them to the cable restraint bracket behind the I O panel C Position and secure the I O panels d Position and secure the I O safety panel Reinstall the 3PE card Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB Set the ENB DIS switch on the clock controller card to DIS Seat the clock controller card leave the ENB DIS switch set to DIS and do not connect the faceplate cables Turn on power to the column or the module power supply as follows a With AC power set the main circuit breaker in the pedestal to ON up b With DC power set the breaker to ON up in the pedestal Set the switch to ON up on the power supply in the module Follow the appropriate steps below to connect the clock controller cables a For a QPC471 Clock Controller card connect the NT8D79 cables from the primary or secondary reference to the faceplate of the clock controller card For Meridian 1 PBX 81C connect the NT8D74 cable from the NT8D36 InterGroup Module to the clock controller card b For QPC775 Clo
128. SLOT 10 0 SLOT 1060 J4 J3 Ja 3 SLOT 10 0 SLOT 10 0 SLOT 12 1 SLOT 11 1 SLOT 11 1 SLOT 101 SLOT101 SLOT91 SLOT91 E J3 J4 J3 E J3 J4 SLOT 10 1 SLOT 10 1 SLOT 9 1 SLOT 9 1 i O l o Figure 55 3PE Termination Panel Core Net module Connect the 3PE cables to the 3PE Termination Panels Two NT8D76 cables connect from J3 and J4 of each 3PE faceplate to the 3PE Termination Panel See Figure 56 Example of 3PE faceplate to 3PE Termination Panel connection on page 277 Refer to Table 40 cCNI Network group designations on page 274 for cCNI port and slot assignments Connect shelf 0 3PE cards to the Core Net 0 panel connect shelf 1 3PE cards to the Core Net 1 panel The 3PE cables for Network group 0 are factory installed Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 275 Replacing equipment Connect the Network shelf 0 3PE cards to Core Net 0 1 Connect a NT8D76 cable of the appropriate length from J3 on the 3PE card faceplate in Network group 1 shelf 0 to the Port 9 1 J3 connection on the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net O Connect a NT8D76 cable of the appropriate length from J4 on the 3PE card faceplate in Network group 1 shelf 0 to the Port 9 1 J4 connection on the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net O Connect a NT8D76 cable of the appropriate length from J3 on the 3PE card faceplate in Network group 2 shelf 0 to the Port 10 0 J3 connection on the 3PE T
129. Sender Receiver Card on page 228 NT6D40 NT6D41 NT6D42 Power Supply DC on page 229 NT6D65 and NTRB34 Core to Network Interface Cards on page 230 NT7D10 Power Distribution Unit DC on page 232 NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC on page 236 NT7R51 Local Carrier Interface Card on page 240 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 187 Replacing equipment NT7R52 Remote Carrier Interface Card on page 241 NT8D01 Controller Card on page 242 NT8D02 NT8D03 NT8D09 NT8D14 NT8D15 NT8D16 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Card on page 244 NT8D04 Superloop Network Card QPC414 Network Card on page 246 NT8D06 NT8D21 NT8D29 Power Supply AC on page 247 NT8D17 Conference TDS Card on page 249 NT8D22 System Monitor on page 251 NT8D41 Dual or Quad Port Serial Data Interface paddle board on page 253 NT8D46AC Thermostat Harness on page 255 NT8D46AM NT8D46DC Air Probe Harness on page 260 NT8D52AB NT8D52DD Pedestal Blower Unit on page 263 NT8D53CA Power Distribution Unit AC on page 265 NT8D56AA NT8D56AC NT8D57 Module Power Distribution Unit on page 268 NT8D3503 NT8D3507 Network Module Card Cage on page 269 NT8D3703 IPE Module Card Cage on page 277 NT9D19 68040 Call Processor CP Card replacement in systems equipped with NT5D61 IODU C cards on page 280 NTAG26 Extended Multifrequency receiver on page 284 NTBK51AA NTBK51CA Downloadable D Channel Daughterbo
130. Synchronize the disk drives LD 137 SYNC Note Get the status of both Cores Get the status of all configured CNIs Exit LD 135 Synchronize the hard disks Synchronization may take up to 50 minutes 24 Test Core functions D 135 EST IPB L TEST CPU Ti TI EST CNI c s Test the inactive CP card and CP to CP cable Test the backplane protocol on the inactive side Test each configured CNI on the inactive side If all the tests pass switch Cores and test the side that is now inactive SCPU TEST CPU TEST IPB TEST CNI c S Switch to the other Core Test the inactive CP card and CP to CP cable Test the backplane protocol on the inactive side Test each configured CNI on the inactive side 25 Clear displays major alarms and minor alarms CDSP CMAJ C MIN ALL SCPU CDSP KkKK Clear the display Clear all major alarms Clear all minor alarms Switch to the other Core Clear the display Exit LD 135 26 Software enable from the active side the clock controller and PRI DTI cards 222 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5K09 Quad Digitone Receiver a Enable the clock controller card LD 60 ENL CC x TRCK aaa If necessary set tracking b Enable the PRI DTI cards ENLL loop WR Exit LD 60 27 Reinstall and check the system monitor as follows a If
131. Ten Ten TC Perr TEP ORO PLINY Perro rreT rrr rrr ITT ONT Ta Pre 135 lzdl ssepe rici E 135 cy gp SAS s T 136 UNTO TL SEISU enc 136 Real time Transport Protocol eatisfi g ici inii ciecabeeiad eer ee bp eee abarca d FER etl bl E bt adig ea 136 ip QM TTE T T 136 Heterogeneous ervin mie m 136 Chapter 16 pbxLink connection failure detection and status reporting enhancement 139 nua m 139 initis tien T 139 paxLmic canmecber talira Oete b lef aso od esee acid io aiaa 139 Displaying BOLD IIA ati p ERRORS ENS EU OR TRE D A a iota 140 UIP ged ee Ls tS 140 Applicaton OMY WAIWII P 141 Chapter 17 Final maintenance proCeCure cccsssseeecceeessseeeeeeeeeseseseeeceeeeeeeseeseeeeeeees 145 lages eleni oIa e 145 Chapter 18 Software maintenance tools eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee enne 147 son mE 147 Diagnosis proga 147 Eror Momia me RI 147 Pleat CABG MIT EN 148 HiclRz Hn t eS 148 Midnight and Backeraund ROUES ooo lop nn nes ancor a cea ra redo ucro or n erede p 149 Uo icy LN PP 150 Overload ap M 150 Resident Tra DBO SI steer ED LESE Boe id ted iilud sesta Od uto but bus cde esee 150 Ere
132. The EPT can also be used to set escalation thresholds and suppression thresholds for certain event severities The number of entries allowed in the EPT is 500 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 119 Simple Network Management Protocol To import and export an EPT file from to removable media to load an updated EPT file into memory and to print the entries in the EDT and EPT see the following table Table 22 LD 117 EDT and EPT commands Command Description EXPORT EPT The EPT file stored on the hard disk u db smpserv db is copied to the floppy PC Card drive a smpserv db IMPORT EPT The EPT file stored on the floppy PC Card a smpserv db drive is copied to the hard drive u db smpserv db RELOAD EPT The new modified EPT file is loaded into memory from disk u db smpserv db PRTS EPT severity eventlD lt eventID gt The entries in the EPT can be listed based on the severity field for all entries or the specified range of entries PRTS EDT severity lt eventID gt eventlD The entries in the EDT can be listed based on the severity field for all entries or the specified range of entries Error messages are issued if the import or export of the EPT file was not successful Backup and restore LD 43 To backup and restore Call Server system group MIB variables System Navigation variables and community name strings se
133. Ttus iue rettet cete ce 26 LD 30 Network and Signaling Diagnostic 167 LIJ 30 prOGE ATI cce pre tern ERE ER en ERR CURRO R 279 296 305 DLB replacement sesssesss 305 IPE Module Card Cage replacement 279 Peripheral Signaling Card replacement 296 LD 30 for reviewing and resetting maintenance display GOG6S uccisi deii ct asioarccani SEedx va x venda ERR ER 32 LD 32 program 242 244 277 296 298 300 305 3PE Card replacement ssssssse 300 Controller Card replacement 242 DLB replacement ssessssss 305 in 3PE Card replacement ssssss 298 IPE Card replacement ssssssss 244 IPE Module Card Cage replacement 277 Peripheral Signaling Card replacement 296 LD 34 DrOQ alm t ies 249 Conference TDS Card replacement 249 LD 35 for clearing fault indicators 145 LD 36 Trunk Diagnostic seeeesssssss 150 LD 37 program 214 251 253 298 300 306 3PE Card replacement 298 300 Core Module Card Cage replacement 214 SDI Paddle Board replacement 253 SDI replacement sesssseeeee 306 System Monitor replacement
134. UTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER AS APPLICABLE UNDER A COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT WITH AVAYA OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO BY AVAYA IN WRITING AVAYA DOES NOT EXTEND THIS LICENSE IF THE SOFTWARE WAS OBTAINED FROM ANYONE OTHER THAN AVAYA AN AVAYA AFFILIATE OR AN AVAYA AUTHORIZED RESELLER AVAYA RESERVES THE RIGHT TO TAKE LEGAL ACTION AGAINST YOU AND ANYONE ELSE USING OR SELLING THE SOFTWARE WITHOUT A LICENSE BY INSTALLING DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE OR AUTHORIZING OTHERS TO DO SO YOU ON BEHALF OF YOURSELF AND THE ENTITY FOR WHOM YOU ARE INSTALLING DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO INTERCHANGEABLY AS YOU AND END USER AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND CREATE A BINDING CONTRACT BETWEEN YOU AND AVAYA INC OR THE APPLICABLE AVAYA AFFILIATE AVAYA 2 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Heritage Nortel Software Heritage Nortel Software means the software that was acquired by Avaya as part of its purchase of the Nortel Enterprise Solutions Business in December 2009 The Heritage Nortel Software currently available for license from Avaya is the software contained within the list of Heritage Nortel Products located at http support avaya com Licenselnfo under the link Heritage Nortel Products For Heritage Nortel Software Avaya grants Customer a license to use Heritage Nortel Software provided hereunder solely to the extent o
135. a dual CPU system proceed with the following steps 7 Switch CPUs LD 135 SCPU 8 Activate the newly installed card and verify that it is active Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 303 Replacing equipment LD 60 SWCK SSCK x 9 If applicable issue a tracking command TRCK aaa aaa is PCK for track primary clock SCLK for track secondary clock or FRUN for free run mode Note Configure the clock source to the status it was in before the replacement procedure 10 Verify clock switch over and tracking SWCK SSCK x KKK exit LD 60 11 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center QPC477 Bus Terminating Unit This section describes how to replace a Bus Terminating Unit BTU Note Check the codes on all replacement BTUs QPC477 A10 and QPC477 B10 BTUs are interchangeable in NT8D35 Network Modules A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Replacing a BTU 1 Turn off power to the module With AC power set the circuit breaker on the Module Power Distribution Unit MPDU to OFF down With DC power set the switch on the power supply to OFF down 2 Remove enough cards on both sides of the BTU to access the unit See Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for BTU slot locations 3 Gently pull the
136. a string with a maximum length of 32 characters CHG SYSMGMT WR COMM aa a Change the system management read write community name string where aa a a string with a maximum length of 32 characters Important IMPORTANT Changes made to the NAV SITE NAV SYSTEM and HOSTNAME are not automatically propagated to the SNMP SYSNAME The CHG SNMP SYSNAME NAV command must be used The data dump EDD command saves the configurable system group MIB parameters and community name strings to a file called syscfg db which is saved at u db For more detailed information about configuring MIBs see Avaya Communication Server 1000 Fault Management SNMP NN43001 719 Print commands 116 Printing the system group MIB parameters and community name strings is done through LD 117 as shown in the following table Table 18 LD 117 Print system group MIB parameters and community name strings Command Description PRT NAV SITE Print the navigation site name PRT NAV SYSTEM Print the navigation system name PRT SNMP SYSGRP Print all parameters of the MIB system group PRT ADMIN COMM Print the administration group read only community name strings PRT SYSMGMT COMM Print the system management community name strings Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Traffic MIB Config ini file Because the community name strings are synchronized wh
137. adaa 232 NIZDOPUBPOwsrDISIIDUTO MT Deusas ae p Sete E Gp ra PO ete Ene d d Lage gta 236 Hr FROTI Local Caere T BI aikicuxuu duri iaaii 240 Vince Remote Carrier Meraca Card NE m E aani 241 FD ee AET e A E sake cnr A E E N N E EE A E 242 NT8D02 NT8D03 NT8D09 NT8D14 NT8D15 NT8D16 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Card 244 NT8D04 Superloop Network Card QPC414 Network Card seen 246 NTBDOB NTSD21 NT8D29 Power Supply JU iuis peti netta s cele thon ireen 247 NTEDI Conmerance TOS C BU aai prp taion era poc e a ee ne 249 Ae De i DNI m E E T Sceretrr ee rest rrrereerce reer rere err tnereu very freer ter rrr ere 251 NT8D41 Dual or Quad Port Serial Data Interface paddle board ssssssssssees 253 MISDABAD Herisiat PaITiBBs oes vedete Ringe dae tup EAE ER IN T R teg UR PPM 255 NT8D46AM NT8D46DC Air Probe Harness c cccccccccccsscssssessaeceecesceesessenssnesacaeceececeeesesseneseeaneeeas 260 MTS8DSSAB NTSDS DD Pedestal Blower UN its scceccasaiecssaccscseneuiedessabuaadetshesnecianssieiadealovweamusnelacceanenieaces 263 NT BD bs Gm Power Distt aster UNT UG Em 265 istallo me replaesment POLL ius ces iae o reat e rusa Eben Eee tubus tls oed ope LUE 267 NT8D56AA NT8D56AC NT8D57 Module Power Distribution Unit 268 NT8D3503 NT8D3507 Network Module Card agg uui dicia iini cade adatti secant uad 269 Connect the Network modules to the Core Net modules essere
138. afety ground protective earth wires and all wiring to the block in the PDU must be neatly routed within the cable tie saddles and under the cable restraint bar at the base of the pedestal This ensures that there is room to install the PDU cover safety cover and rear grill c Connect the black BATRTN 48 V return wires to the terminal block for modules 0 and 1 connect to the BATRTN 0 1 terminal for modules 2 and 3 connect to the BATRTN 2 3 terminal Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 239 Replacing equipment d Connect the orange or white wire to the LRTN terminal 6 Reinstall the plastic safety cover over the terminal block 7 Reseat the blower unit as follows 12 13 a Lift the unit slightly and slide it into the pedestal glides Set the toggle switch to ON right b Tighten the screws on the front of the unit Reconnect cables to the system monitor faceplate Set all five circuit breakers on the PDU to OFF down 10 11 Reconnect the source of DC power One at a time starting with the breaker for the blower unit set the circuit breakers on the PDU to ON up Make sure the green LED lights on the power supply unit s in each module Note On initial power up the blower may rotate slower than expected As the sensor detects heat the blower rotates more rapidly Replace the pedestal grills in the front and rear Tag defective equipment with a d
139. age If an OVD message is received replace the network card If there is no OVD message and the loops do not enable go to the next possible cause Defective DLB card Unseat all cards on the IPE shelf except the DLB card if there are two shelves on the loop disconnect the cable to connector LPY Reconnect the loop cable to the DLB card If an OVD message is received at this point replace the peripheral buffer card and reinsert cards on the IPE shelf If there is no OVD message and the loops do not enable Check switch settings on the DLB card if necessary correct the switch settings If there are two shelves on the loop go to the next possible cause If there is one shelf on the loop go to Symptom Disabled peripheral equipment card on page 80 Defective Unseat all cards on the second shelf except the DLB card Reconnect QPC659 DLB the inter shelf cable to the DLB card card on second If an OVD message is received at this point replace the DLB card and shelf if two reinsert cards on the IPE shelf shelves are on If there is no OVD message and the loops do not enable go to the next the loop possible cause March 2013 69 Clearing network equipment faults 70 Possible cause Action Defective NT5K10 Peripheral Buffer Card In Dual Loop Mode Unseat 4 IPE cards pertaining to the defective loop or In Single Loop Mode Unseat 8 IPE cards pertaining
140. agement The users of this log information are network operations security administrators software developers network engineering and customer support For more information see Logging section of Avaya System Management Reference NN4300 1 600 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 155 Software maintenance tools 156 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 19 Hardware replacement guidelines Contents This section contains information about the following topics Precautions on page 157 System cable guidelines on page 160 Precautions To avoid personal injury and equipment damage review the following guidelines before handling equipment Power equipment There are no user repairable components in the power system If a power supply fails the complete unit must be replaced Do not disassemble a power supply under any circumstances A Voltage DANGER OF ELECTRIC SHOCK To avoid the danger of electric shock be very careful when working with power equipment and connections Warning notices on the equipment are displayed and must be heeded Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 157 Hardware replacement guidelines Circuit cards Handle cards as follows Unpack or handle cards away from electric motors transformers or similar machinery Handle cards
141. ally into the card guides in the module 8 Pull the upper and lower locking devices away from the faceplate on the card and insert the card firmly into the backplane connector Press the card locking devices firmly against the faceplate to latch the card inside the module 9 Set the replacement card ENL DIS switch to ENL The Local Carrier Interface card automatically starts the self test 10 Observe the red LED on the front panel during self test If it flashes three times and stays on it has passed the test Go to step 11 If it does not flash three times and stay on it has failed the test Pull the card partially out of the module and reinsert it firmly into the module If the problem persists troubleshoot or replace the Local Carrier Interface card 11 Connect the cable to the Local Carrier Interface card faceplate connector 12 Enable the Local Carrier Interface card Load the Network and Peripheral Equipment Diagnostic Program LD 32 and executing ENLL loop where loop is the actual loop number of the Local Carrier Interface card 13 Tag the defective card s with a description of the problem and prepare them for shipment to the equipment suppliers repair depot NT7R52 Remote Carrier Interface Card This section describes how to replace a Remote Carrier Interface card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference
142. and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action A Warning The following tests are performed on a live power connection No power at outlet With a meter or test lamp test for AC power at the outlet If there is no power at the outlet when AC power is supplied through a UPS unit repair or replace the UPS following the manufacturer s instructions If there is no power at the outlet when AC power is supplied through commercial service not through a UPS take the necessary steps to the commercial power restored If there is power at the outlet go to the next possible cause Defective power cord With a meter or test lamp test the field wiring connections in the PDU for AC power If there is no power replace the power cord If there is power at the connections go to the next possible cause Defective PDU Replace the PDU Symptom Breaker off on MPDU AC power A circuit breaker on a MPDU is tripped and trips when reset The green LED is off on the associated power supply NT8D56AA single breaker MPDU for NT8D29 CE Power Supply e NT8D57AA dual breaker MPDU for NT8D06 IPE Power Supply and NT8D21 Ringing Generator A system message may be received indicating the status of the breaker See PWR in Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and use this procedure t
143. and cables to the backplane Installing a replacement card age 1 Slide the replacement card cage into position in the UEM taking care not to pinch the cables Install the three mounting screws that secure the front of the card cage to the bottom of the UEM assembly Replace the front cover plates on both sides of the card cage Install the mounting screws at the back of the card cage Reconnect cables plugs and wires from the UEM to the backplane as follows a Connect all cables from the interior of the I O assembly to the backplane b Connect all plugs wires and cables to the backplane Position the power plug access plate Replace the screws Return cards to their slots at the rear of the UEM Reconnect all cables to connectors Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 227 Replacing equipment 8 Position the backplane access plate Replace the screws 9 Return cards to their slots at the front of the UEM Reconnect all cables to connectors 10 Turn on power to the UEM power supply by setting the power supply switch to ON right 11 Enable the shelf by entering ENLS 1 s If a second shelf is assigned to a loop enable that shelf also by entering ENLS 1 s 12 End the session in LD 32 by entering 13 Test the shelf by testing each loop with LD 30 LOOP 1 s If there is a problem the system issues an NWS message 14 End the session in LD 30 by e
144. and observe self test Defective Remote Carrier Interface card Unseat all cards on the IPE shelf except the Remote Carrier Interface card Unseat and seat the Remote Carrier Interface card to start self test Observe self test If the test passed enable the card by executing ENXP x where x represents the controller number If the test failed check the maintenance display codes on the card faceplate and wait for an OVD message In the OVD message is received replace the card If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 63 Clearing network equipment faults Possible cause Action Defective IPE card Reinsert the IPE cards one at a time Wait for an OVD message after each card is inserted If the red LED lights when a card is inserted software disable the card and try to re enable it If it does not enable replace the card If an OVD message is received when one of the IPE cards is inserted replace that card If there is no OVD message as the cards are inserted go to the next possible cause Defective cable To check the carrier span perform a loopback test across the span Load LD 45 and execute the XCON 6 test with the Local Carrier Interface card as the generator and detector with span looped at the Remote Carrier Interface card at the Carrier Remote IPE Check the test results
145. and proceed accordingly If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective terminal equipment Check terminal equipment such as attendant consoles and telephones on the disabled loop If defective terminal equipment is found see the appropriate chapter such as Clearing attendant console faults on page 89 to fix the fault Symptom Disabled loop indicated by OVD message NT8D04 Superloop Network Card An overload OVD system message indicates that a loop on an NT8D04 Superloop Network Card is disabled All terminal connections on the loop are disabled A red LED on the card may be lit or flashing It may be necessary to replace one of the following Controller card NT8DO1 Superloop network card NT8D04 PE card Cable between superloop network card and controller card Possible cause Action Defective superloop network card Hardware disable and re enable the superloop network card to initiate a self test If the test fails replace the card If the test passes follow the procedure below Disconnect the loop cable s to the superloop network card Enable and test each loop on the card by entering LD 32 ENLL loop loop represents the loop number Wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received replace the superloop network card 64 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com
146. and wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received replace the cable If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective Check terminal equipment such as attendant consoles and telephones terminal on the disabled loop equipment If defective terminal equipment is found see the appropriate chapter such as Clearing attendant console faults on page 89 to fix the fault Symptom Loop disabled without OVD message NT8D04 Superloop Network Card There is probably a system message indicating the loop or loops on this card are defective or disabled but there is no overload OVD message indicating the card is disabled The LED on the faceplate may be lit or flashing It may be necessary to replace one of the following Controller card NT8DO1 Superloop network card NT8D04 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 65 Clearing network equipment faults 66 PE card Cable between superloop network card and controller card Possible cause Action Defective superloop network card Hardware disable and re enable the superloop network card to initiate a self test If the test fails replace the card If the test passes follow the procedure below Disconnect the loop cable s to the superloop network card Try to enable each loop on the card by entering LD 30 ENLL loop loop represents the loop number Test each loop by ent
147. ard on page 285 Double slot NTRB33AF FIJI Card replacement on page 287 P0699798 Air Filter on page 295 QPC43 Peripheral Signaling Card on page 296 QPC441 Three Port Extender Card on page 298 QPC471 QPC775 NTRB53 CLOCK CONTROLLER CARD on page 302 QPC477 Bus Terminating Unit on page 304 QPC659 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card on page 305 QPC841 Serial Data Interface Card on page 306 188 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Replacing CP PM Signaling Server equipment Replacing CP PM Signaling Server equipment Replacing a defective Signaling Server Replacing a defective CS 1000 Release 5 5 Signaling Server requires that you perform a migration of the Signaling Server from one hardware platform to another For detailed instructions about how to replace a defective Signaling Server see Avaya Signaling Server IP Line Applications Fundamentals NN43001 125 Replacing the hard drive on a CP PM Signaling Server For detailed instructions about how to replace the hard drive on a CP PM Signaling Server see Avaya Signaling Server IP Line Applications Fundamentals NN43001 125 Removing module covers and pedestal grills Module covers Follow the steps in Removing front and rear covers on page 189 to remove the front and rear covers from a module Removing front and rear covers 1 With a flat blade screwdriver turn the lock clockwise o
148. arefully pull the unit straight forward and set it on the floor next to the pedestal See Figure 30 Cabling between the PDU and the field wiring terminal block on page 234 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 233 Replacing equipment A Caution Damage to Equipment The PDU cannot be completely removed from the pedestal until cables to the field wiring terminal block are disconnected Label wires carefully Improper wiring can cause system damage View looking down at the pedestal Blower unit PDU position in the pedestal Pedestal rear PDU pulled out of the d Field wiring terminal block located beneath the PDU 553 5487 Figure 30 Cabling between the PDU and the field wiring terminal block 8 Remove the field wiring terminal block as follows a Remove the cover over the field wiring terminal block b Locate the frame ground wire that runs from the field wiring terminal block to the frame ground bolt inside the pedestal Disconnect this wire at the terminal block c Carefully label and disconnect all input wiring to the field wiring terminal block Take special note of any jumper wires that might be installed It is not necessary to disconnect wiring that runs from the terminal block to the PDU 9 Remove the four screws that secure the terminal block in place and lift it out of the pedestal Installing the replace
149. at the rear of the UEM by removing the screws on each side Set the plate aside 3 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the replacement Quad DTMF card 1 o c1 2 W I Check that the plug P2 on the replacement card is oriented in the same way as the card being replaced Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Position the backplane access plate Replace the screws Software enable each loop on the card by entering ENLS 1 s End the session in LD 32 by entering Test each loop on the card by entering LD 30 LOOP 1 If there is a problem the system issues an NWS message and the appropriate red LED lights on the faceplate of the card 8 End the session in LD 30 by entering 9 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT5K10 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card This section describes how to replace a defective Enhanced Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer IDLB card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages 224 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5K10 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card A Danger Module cove
150. ation in voice quality 128 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com How voice quality monitoring works How voice quality monitoring works The PVQM feature monitors voice quality by polling IP endpoints during a call At the end of a call the following voice quality metrics are sampled Latency the length of time needed for information to travel through the network value expressed in seconds Jitter the variability in latency value expressed in seconds Packet Loss the number of packets lost during transmission value expressed in percentage R Value measurement of audio quality using ITU E Model The sampled metrics are compared to user configured thresholds in order to determine system performance When sampled metrics exceed configured thresholds statistics are generated on the system For details on configuring metric thresholds see LD 117 Configure voice quality metric thresholds on page 132 Statistics for each metric are collected on the Signaling Server or Voice Gateway Media Card to create a Quality Detail Report QDR The QDR summarizes metric threshold violations into one of the following categories Warning Unacceptable Each summarized QDR record is added to the IP Phone Zone Traffic Report 16 The enhanced traffic report summarizes the voice quality over the reporting period on a zone by zone basis to allow the administ
151. bilities on page 136 Table 32 IP Endpoint and voice quality capabilities Endpoint type Voice quality monitoring operation Phase 0 1 IP Phones Detects jitter packet loss and latency when the far end is RTCP compliant threshold violations 136 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Heterogeneous environments Endpoint type Voice quality monitoring operation Threshold violations are detected by polling Phase 2 IP Phones without PVQM Detects jitter packet loss and latency when the package far end is RTCP compliant threshold violations Threshold violations are detected asynchronously by the IP Phone Phase 2 IP Phones with PVQM package Detects jitter packet loss and latency when the far end is RTCP compliant and R Value threshold violations Threshold violations are detected asynchronously by the IP Phone IP Softphone 2050 Detects jitter packet loss and latency when the far end is RTCP Compliant threshold violations Threshold violations are detected by polling CS 1000and Meridian 1 systems with Detects jitter and packet loss threshold Voice Gateway Media Cards violations Threshold violations are detected by polling Third party Gateway Not supported Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 137 Proactive Voice Quality Management 138 Co
152. ble cause Defective Disconnect the telephone from the jack Plug in another telephone of the telephone same type If the replacement telephone works replace the telephone that was removed If the replacement telephone does not work reconnect the original telephone and go to the next possible cause Note If the telephone is a Meridian Modular Telephone enter LD 32 IDU 1s cu If there is no response replace the telephone If there is an appropriate response see Add on modules in Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for self test instructions Feature not Make sure the feature or the indicator is assigned in software see Avaya assigned Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 Symptom Defective feature The telephone can make and receive calls but one or more of its features such as call transfer or ring again is not working See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN4300 1 567 for information about connecting telephones Possible cause Action Feature not Make sure the feature or the indicator is assigned in software see Avaya assigned Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 If there is still a console problem go to the next possible cause Defective Disconnect the telephone from the jack Plug in another telephone of the telephone same type If the replacement telephone works replace the telephone that was removed If the replacement te
153. ble to hardware re enable circuit cards by unseating and reinstalling them It may be possible to software re enable cards by disabling and re enabling them When the cause of a fault is not evident a software test can help identify the problem Replace equipment as necessary When identifying faulty equipment follow procedures in this document When the fault is corrected follow the instructions in Final maintenance procedure on page 145 to completely restore normal operation Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 29 How to clear faults Using this document To use the information in this document follow the steps below 1 Classify the fault by the indicators present See Fault indicators on page 30 When multiple faults are indicated clear them in the following order Power faults Clearing power faults on page 35 Common equipment faults How to clear faults on page 29 Network equipment faults How to clear faults on page 29 Peripheral equipment faults Clearing peripheral equipment faults on page 75 Trunk faults Clearing trunk faults on page 83 Attendant console faults Clearing attendant console faults on page 89 Telephone faults Clearing telephone faults on page 95 Always clear possible power faults and then common equipment faults before any other type of fault 2 Goto the chapter for clearing the type of fault identified There is a chapter for each typ
154. by default to access standard MIBs A set of administrator community name strings is supported with read only privileges with the default strings of public admingroup2 and admingroup3 The first and third community name strings provide access to system group MIB variables while the second community name string provides access to all MIBs New commands are created in LD 117 to configure MIB community name strings for read only access to Call Server MIBs system group MIB objects and for read write access to Signaling Server Media Card MIBs Table 19 Call Server community name strings on page 118 lists the Call Server community name strings Table 20 Signaling Server Media Cards community name strings on page 118 lists the Signaling Server Media Card community name strings Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 117 Simple Network Management Protocol Table 19 Call Server community name strings Community Name Access Network View Where User group privileges Interface configured ADMIN COMM 1 read ELAN system group LD 117 public MIB ADMIN COMM 2 read ELAN All MIBs LD 117 admingroup2 ADMIN COMM 3 read ELAN system group LD 117 admingroup3 MIB SYSMGMT RD C read ELAN All MIBs LD 117 OMM otm123 SYSMGMT_WR_C read write ELAN CorpDir MIB LD 117 OMM otm321 Table 20 Signaling Server Media Cards community name strings Commun
155. by the edges only Do not touch the contacts or components Set cards on a protective antistatic bag If an antistatic bag is not available hand hold the card or set it in a card cage unseated from the connectors Store cards in protective packing Do not stack cards on top of each other unless they are packaged To avoid card damage from static discharge wear a properly connected antistatic wrist strap when working on equipment If a wrist strap is not available regularly touch one of the bare metal strips in a module to discharge static Figure 12 Static discharge points on page 159 shows the recommended connection points for the wrist strap and the bare metal strips that should be touched 158 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Precautions Module rear Wrist strap connection point Bare metal strip Module Wrist strap front Bare metal strip connection point Figure 12 Static discharge points During replacement procedures Turn off the circuit breaker or switch for a module power supply before the power supply is removed or inserted In AC powered systems capacitors in the power supply must discharge Wait five full minutes between turning off the circuit breaker and removing the power supply from the module Software disable cards if applicable before they are removed or inserted Hardware disable cards whenever there i
156. cage 6 Remove the mounting screws for the MPDU the screw heads are in the wall of the power supply slot See Figure 50 Mounting screws for the MPDU on page 269 Be careful do not let the screws fall into the module below Lift the unit out of the module 268 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D3503 NT8D3507 Network Module Card Cage MPDU wall inside power supply slot back plane MPDU v card cage mounting screws Figure 50 Mounting screws for the MPDU Installing the replacement MPDU 1 Set the circuit breaker s on the replacement MPDU to OFF down 2 Position the replacement MPDU in the module Install the mounting screws through the wall of the power supply slot 3 Reinsert the power supply and hook the locking devices 4 Position the metal plate in front of the MPDU and install the mounting screw in each corner 5 Connect the power plugs to the rear of the MPDU 6 Position the I O safety panel Tighten the screws 7 Set the circuit breaker s on the replacement MPDU to ON up 8 Reset the main circuit breaker in the column pedestal to ON up and replace the pedestal grill 9 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D3503 NT8D3507 Network Module Card Cage The NT8D3503 Network Module Card Cage uses Bus Terminating Units BTUs The NT
157. cage assembly in the module Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 97 Clearing telephone faults Telephone cannot make or receive calls no OVD message 98 The telephone cannot make or receive calls There is no OVD message or other system message indicating the TN for this telephone is defective or disabled There may or may not be dial tone when the handset is off hook See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting telephones See Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 for information about system cabling To replace other equipment see Replacing equipment on page 187 Possible cause Action No power to digital telephone Check the power supply if one is required and make sure it is not defective If there is a power supply problem correct it If there is no problem with the power supply go to the next possible cause Telephone connected to wrong TNs Check the cross connect terminal to make sure the telephone is connected to the correct TN If the telephone is not connected correctly fix the wiring If the telephone is connected correctly go to the next possible cause Disabled TN Software disable and reenable the telephone TN LD 32 DISU 1s cu ENLU 1 s cu scu loop shelf card unit Test TNs on superloops by entering
158. callout callin problems s 90 91 equipment overview sseeeeeenn 89 indicator or digit display problems 92 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance list of symptoms esee 89 operator cannot hear or be heard 93 typical system messages 31 90 typical user reported problems 33 90 typical visual fault indicators 32 90 B Background Routines ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneaees 149 descrlbed eire aerei rice 149 programs used in ssesssesem 149 ler tei o la ER M 214 IUIS 214 otete Uo 120 121 el T 121 CDAS oerrinne itae Ta Eee ea 120 Usprc HR R M 121 Battery Pack Assembly sssessss 191 PE MOVIING RERO 191 battery pack assembly option 21E 183 routine maintenance eeeseceeene 183 battery systems DC power ssseeeee 183 BKGD promlpt 3 traiter rennen UR ceed 149 blower unit problems ssseeeee 42 48 blower units airesin an aaa aaa 85 Blower Units 232 236 263 308 310 in PDU replacement 232 236 308 310 installifig recte n erp
159. cap d Insert the orange connector into the right angle bracket at the top of the module Simultaneously push the four small snaps on the connector to insert it 2 Install the top cap and perforated panel a Position the perforated panel and install the screw that secures it at the LED bracket b Position the top cap and install the six bolts that secure the top cap and perforated panel c Install the air exhaust grills at the front and rear of the top cap 3 Reconnect the air probe harness plug a Connect the orange connector to the module power harness b Replace the I O safety panel c Replace the rear cover on the module 4 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D52AB NT8D52DD Pedestal Blower Unit This section describes how to replace a blower unit Removing the blower unit 1 Remove the front pedestal grill and set it aside Figure 47 NT8D52 Blower Unit on page 264 shows the blower unit and its location in the front of the pedestal Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 263 Replacing equipment Retaining screw Blower unit circuit breaker Retaining screw 553 3040 Figure 47 NT8D52 Blower Unit 2 Turn off power to the blower unit With AC power set the circuit breaker on the front of the unit to OFF down With DC power set the toggle switch on the front of the unit to b
160. cation Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 85 Clearing trunk faults Possible cause Action If the trunk card still does not enable or there is still a trunk problem reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective trunk equipment Make sure the CO equipment or other trunk equipment is not defective If there is no problem with this equipment go to the next possible cause Defective DTR TDS or MFS Use the attendant console to seize trunks and audibly test for dial tone and outpulsing or use a maintenance telephone and enter LD 36 TRK 1s c u See Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 for information about this test If outpulsing is not heard the digitone receiver tone and digit switch or multifrequency sender may not be sending or receiving digits and the fault affects more than one trunk See the procedures for clearing faults on this equipment If there is no problem with this equipment go to the next possible cause Defective IPE shelf Unseat the affected trunk card and enable the TN If there is no OVD message test superloop TNs by entering LD 30 UNTT 1s c u Test TNs on other loops by entering LD 45 TEST If an OVD message is received replace the card cage assembly in the module Symptom Trunk cannot make or receive calls no OVD message 86 Calls cannot be made or received over a tru
161. ccehsccasaiceconsceccstdncdasccettatutecserantivacersess 78 Symptom Red LED lit on dual loop peripheral buffer Card ccccccceseseeceeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 79 symptom Disabled peripheral equipment COPd c ccccscsccccssecorescetssdsresecccosetecensesctecnetaesercedeacsnnescens 80 Symptom More than one peripheral equipment card disabled ssseesssssesss 81 Chapter 10 Ciparing unk Taullg uiuieddani e pot ihbddaaddas KU bili dt Rd qa Rl pa aaisan aiia 83 Song dee M viuaamexesias 83 WMA T A A A ET UE 83 Faul oean OCO eer es ent em erate te eerie wortrre werer ee cre rs merece errr errr cert rt crre 84 Symptom Trunk cannot make or receive calls OVD message receiveqg susss 85 Symptom Trunk cannot make or receive calls no OVD messagge ssssssee 86 6 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Chapter 11 Clearing attendant console faults eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 89 rip E MM enm 89 DOMI QEeMIre ELI EET 89 PA UES ek NEN CE Senia ORE M Re be D osa p a a a bre DUE POL Lnd Brod fa e pp Hd Dra d rb REA 90 Symptom Console cannot make or receive calls OVD message received 90 Symptom Console cannot make or receive calls no OVD message ssseesesss 91 Sy
162. ce March 2013 139 pbxLink connection failure detection and status reporting enhancement If a known element fails to register with the Call Server an ELANOO28 alarm is generated If an unknown Signaling Server or Voice Gateway Media Card registers with the Call Server an ELANOO29 alarm is generated Displaying pbxLink information Element Manager For a CS 1000 system use the pbxLinkShow command in Element Manager to display pbxLink information In the Element Manager navigator click IP Network Node Maintenance and Reports CLI For a Meridian 1 system use the LD 117 STAT SERV command at the CLI of the Call Server to display the pbxLink information LD 117 STAT SERV The suite of STAT SERV Stat Services commands enables a technician to display link status information for elements that are registered to a Call Server STAT SERV can provide consolidated link status information by application type IP address host name and IP Telephony node ID STAT SERV status information includes the following node ID host name P address element role platform type enabled applications registered unregistered endpoints such as IP Phones and Voice Gateway Media Cards pbxLink the time the pbxLink was last established the time the pbxLink was lost if previously established 140 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com LD 117 STAT SERV
163. ce failure tone and digit switch failure A minor alarm displays an alarm on attendant consoles in customer groups affected by the fault A minor alarm indication on the console is an optional feature enabled and disabled on a customer basis through data administration procedures Remote alarms A remote alarm is an optional extension of a major alarm to another location such as a monitoring or test center or to an indicator such as a light or bell When a major alarm occurs the system provides relay contact closure across two remote alarm lines REMALMA and REMALMB These lines are extended to the main distribution frame MDF through the system monitor to MDF cable for customer use The relay contacts are rated at 30 V DC and 2 amps The REMALNB line is the return or ground for the REMALMA line Avaya does not extend remote alarm lines beyond the MDF System monitor indicators The system monitor checks the column temperature cooling system status and system voltage status and controls line transfer states accordingly NT8D22 System Monitor The system is equipped with the NT8D22 System Monitor which is installed in the rear of the pedestal in each column Table 38 Faults monitored by the NT8D22 System Monitor on page 176 lists faults monitored by this system monitor In multiple column systems there is one master system monitor located in the column with CPU 0 and multiple slave system monitors A switch setting on
164. cified Both types of test are accessed as Test 9 but responses to the series of prompts for Test 9 determine the loopback point Fifteen continuity tests can run simultaneously When a test is completed it stops the status is reported and the other tests continue running The status of any test can be checked at any time When all the tests end the number of tests run and any failed tests are reported to the CPU The results can be displayed at any time during the procedure There are nine continuity test configurations Run each test by entering a set of prompts outlined in the Background Signaling and Switching Diagnostic LD 45 Figure 10 Manual continuity tests point to point configurations on page 154 shows point to point configurations Figure 11 Manual continuity tests loopback configurations on page 155 shows loopback configurations Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 153 Software maintenance tools TEST 1 Pattern generator Superloop network Network card to controller card TEST 2 Controller card to superloop network card Controller TEST 3 Superloop network card Network A to superloop network card TEST 4 Controller card to Controller controller card A Network A B Figure 10 Manual continuity tests point to point configurations D E 154 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com Patter
165. ck Controller Cards in Meridian 1 PBX 81C connect the NT8D74 cable from the junctor board to the faceplate of the clock controller card Then connect the NT8D79 cables from the primary or secondary reference to the faceplate of the clock controller card c Leave the ENB DIS switch set to DIS on QPC471 or QPC775 cards 12 Set the NORM MAINT switch on the CP card to MAINT This keeps the system in split mode when the card is reinstalled 13 Reinstall the CP card As the card performs card level power up tests watch the LCD display and output from the CPSI port for error messages a Following the Selftest Complete message watch the LCD on the CP card for the message IOP in Slot 16 b Watch the LCD for the message Loading Disk OS As the system attempts to access the hard disk watch the LCD for error messages c Watch for system reload SYS and initialization INI messages on the terminal 14 Seat all CNI cards but leave the ENB DIS switches set to DIS 15 Load LD 135 and check the status of all configured CNI cards 220 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D2103 Core Network Card Cage LD 135 STAT CNI Get the status of all configured CNIs TEST CNI c S Test each configured CNI on the inactive side ok k Exit LD 135 16 Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the clock controller card 17 Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on all CNI cards 18 Pres
166. correct replace the card If the test fails but the DLB card does not seem to be faulty go to the next possible cause Defective QPC659 In Dual Loop Mode DLB card Unseat 4 IPE cards pertaining to the defective loop or In Single Loop Mode Unseat 8 IPE cards pertaining to the defective loop Wait for the OVD message If there is no OVD message go to the defective IPE card If an OVD message is received remove the backplane access plate at the rear of the EEPE shelf and replace the Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card Reinsert the IPE cards on the shelf Replace the backplane access plate Defective IPE card For the EEPE shelf only remove the backplane access plate at the rear of the module Unseat all the cards in the shelf associated with the DLB card f the red LED on the DLB card turns off the fault is in one of the unseated cards Reinsert the cards one at a time When the DLB LED turns on again replace the last card inserted Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 79 Clearing peripheral equipment faults Possible cause Action If the red LED on the DLB does not turn off when the IPE cards are unseated reinstall the cards and go to the next possible cause For the EEPE shelf only replace the backplane access plate at the rear of the module Defective cable Test all cables to the DLB card If a defective cable is found replace
167. ctor is locked into the shroud Do not force the extraction tool deeper than the detent on the cable connector 1 Grasp the cable connector by the strain relief tab 2 Center the longer flat edge on the angled end of the tool between the cable connector and the wall of the shroud on the right side of the cable connector Note If the straight end of the tool is notched use that end if the connector can be accessed straight on If you must angle the tool at all use the angled end 3 Gently insert the extraction tool and gradually apply pressure while gently rocking the cable connector up and down 4 Stop applying pressure as soon as the detent of the cable connector comes loose from the shroud 5 Slowly remove the extraction tool and the cable connector Before connecting cables to the backplane visually inspect the backplane shroud connectors to make sure there are no bent pins To connect cables 160 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System cable guidelines 1 Orient the cable connector so the strain relief paddle is to the right 2 Partially insert the cable connector so its guides mate to the corresponding backplane connector 3 Apply a small amount of pressure to push the cable connector straight into the backplane connector You feel a detent click when the connector seats A Caution Damage to Equipment Pins may be bent or broken if
168. cuit breaker for just this module to OFF down in the rear of the pedestal All other modules in the column retain power 3 Remove the NT8D22 System Monitor in the rear of the pedestal Do not turn off the blower unit in the front of the pedestal Note If this is the master system monitor disconnect the RJ11 cables before pulling the system monitor out of the pedestal A Caution Service Interruption If the system monitor is not removed the system may shut down 4 Remove all cards from the module a Tag and disconnect cables to all faceplate connectors b Tag cards so they can be returned to the same slot Remove cards 5 Disconnect cables plugs and wires from the rear of the module to the backplane a Remove the I O safety panel by turning the screws on each side Set the cover aside 278 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D3703 IPE Module Card Cage b Tag and disconnect all cables from the backplane to the interior of the I O assembly c Tag and disconnect all plugs wires and cables to the backplane Remove the two mounting screws that secure the rear of the card cage to the module 7 Remove the front cover plates on both sides of the card cage 8 Remove the three mounting screws that secure the front of the card cage to the bottom of the module Pull the card cage out of the module Installing the replacemen
169. d 1 Load Network and Peripheral Equipment Diagnostic Program LD 32 At the gt prompt type LD 32 and press the Enter key to access the program Type DSXP x where x is the Fiber Peripheral Controller card and press the Enter key to disable the card The Fiber Peripheral Controller card is now disabled and can be removed Disconnect all the Fiber optic patchcords from the card faceplate 4 Unlatch the card s locking devices by squeezing the tabs and pulling the upper 10 locking device away from the card and the lower locking device downwards Pull the card out of the IPE module or cabinet and place it in an anti static bag away from the work area Check the replacement card and make sure that the Electro optical packlets are already installed If not installed install the new packlets or remove the packlets from the faulty Fiber Peripheral Controller card and install them on the replacement card if sure the packlets are not faulty Hold the replacement card by the card locking devices and insert it partially into the card guides in the module Pull the upper locking device away from the faceplate on the card and the lower locking device downwards and insert the card firmly into the backplane connector Press the upper locking device firmly against the faceplate and the lower locking device upwards to latch the card inside the module The Fiber Peripheral Controller card automatically sta
170. disk peru dob pen EDO PE 107 symptom Displays Terminal Manager GOTDTIGeL usse iere a nerit mra er ea Saa ai na div rais 108 Sy pe Displays Server Unreachable eo vicda opinan tue RtUn t EUR Sn ER IUD Rp rIR IU EPEPN iC HEEL au 108 Symptom DTLS handshake error bad server certificate Client IP Xx Xx Xx XX sees 108 Chapter 14 Simple Network Management Protocol esses 111 moll T 111 WME olita ala MAAE PEE A an bar Gena Descrip ete Shug basa Sun ear nod dero ber Ceca Lap bebo Ede E A diaa 111 PB sere RR DE Evae eie aia ratur ee Era Races 111 CEP ATO O RIG ctio co e buio audient enacted un cie e cba dte Dolus ud ceti t Ee asus el untn e Du EORR USE 112 teg ds lr EE 113 MB SSY UR T TU 114 Configuration of system group MIB Baremeltela osaiieic ineo tr pac bere bud either be kid dra Pla dedans en i 114 BE CONES o NE dat ER DRE DDR Mp REP A ds pP p RE UD RSS ME 116 Sr E see em 117 lu m V o N 117 EG PRU ULAR PERLES DED asks s case ped citet a a hee sad adr peste dei nies Ee da REO dea 117 I rs iri EE 118 EDITA ER A Tt nar rene 119 ife vrl 120 ri E MM rS 120 LD 143 Large SyS EMiS renda A caadianitaliaatmmndinietaeds 121 Customer Configuration Backup and FestOre uosdac ie de tr en pte ab eer ap conn Een bt kg 121 acra WATER VAG Ecc scxian cade ERES cha
171. dudsctadececdsaucvetes 191 FEMOVING sirsenis ue eed inb en aia neutr Ced 191 fault clearing essseseseseeeee 29 30 145 DASICS Ss igscsnsscastineiacactedendaia ts doudeaatiduudsasavsaccaniandaucaie 29 final maintenance procedure 145 order for clearing multiple 30 iE c teen dderteesaehid 150 167 175 176 maintenance display indications 167 major alarms sssrini innii a 175 Minor alarms treten tnc 175 NT8D22 System Monitor suss 176 TEU cM 150 field wiring terminal blocks 232 236 265 267 308 310 final maintenance procedure s s s 145 ILE E 148 Flexible Analog Line Cards sss 244 FOMOVING ER 244 floppy disk problem seeme 54 floppy disks 11i ocior dete 51 G grills removing 2 diese a AA 190 H handsfree unit problems sese 101 hardware maintenance tools eene 163 History Ele teet er tnc 32 167 maintenance display codes 167 HWIO0533 messages in CP Card replacement 280 l I O processor IOP CMDU card 205 FEMOVING emm 205 IGM InterGroup Module sess 214 IGS intergroup switch cards sssssss 59 IGS InterGroup Switch Cards
172. e 401 is required 130 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Supported system types Supported system types PVQM is supported by CS 1000 Release 5 5 and Meridian 1 systems equipped with Voice Gateway Media Cards running IP Line 4 0 Feature implementation The system implements this feature during an installation or upgrade to the PVOM 401 software package available from Feature Service Level 2 Enhanced Business Services Task summary list The following is a summary of the tasks in this section LD 117 Print zone QoS IP statistics on page 131 LD 117 Configure voice quality metric thresholds on page 132 LD 117 Print voice quality metric thresholds on page 133 LD 117 Configure voice quality sampling polling on page 133 LD 117 Configure zone alarm notification levels on page 134 LD 117 Print zone alarm notification levels on page 135 LD 117 Print zone QoS IP statistics Table 25 LD 117 Print Zone QoS IP statistics on page 131 shows the LD 117 commands that display QoS IP statistics for zones ordered by attribute or by zone Traffic Report 16 contains similar information and a list of attributes For more information about traffic reports see Avaya Traffic Measurement Formats and Outputs Reference NN43001 750 Table 25 LD 117 Print Zone QoS IP statistics Command Description AQOS attribute zone Print
173. e CS 1000 system This information can be used to guide service personnel to the areas of the system that require maintenance or further diagnostics Health Check is a PC based GUI application available for download from the Avaya Support portal It is configured by the user to identify the functionality and network address of the components to be monitored Once configured Health Check connects to CS 1000 components including the Call Server Signaling Server Media Gateway Controller and Media Cards via an SSH port through the ELAN connection of each component Upon connection and based on the functionality of the component the application issues a set of commands and status requests and records the results A predefined set of commands is used so the information gathered is interpreted and handled in a controlled way When the testing of each component is complete an html report providing an executive level summary of the components is generated and can be viewed from the PC browser For more information on the Health Check tool see NN43001 408 Upgrades Guide Initialize Program The Initialize Program momentarily interrupts call processing as it clears common equipment faults It then rebuilds call dependent data and generates system messages with the mnemonic INI that indicate the status of the system This process is called an initialization Through an initialization firmware can be downloaded from the CPU to superloop networ
174. e active ring LD 60 SSCK x Get status of clock on ring x x 0 or 1 Execute command for each ring Exit Switch Traffic to the Active ring as determined in previous step LD 39 SWRG active Where active side 0 or 1 either ring side WWE Disable the Inactive ring LD 39 DIS RING Where inactive side 0 or 1 either ring inactive side Exit Remove each of the installed FIJI packs from the disabled inactive ring in sequence and replace them with the new FIJI pack Note The new NTRB33BBE5 FIJI pack is a single slot module and its location in the CORENET or NETWORK Shelf must be as specified below CORENET Install new FIJI NTRB3SBBES5 in Slot 9 nine NETWORK Install new FIJI NTRB33BBES5 in Slot 2 two SHELF 10 When installation is completed enable the Inactive ring 11 LD 39 ENL RING inactive Where inactive side 0 or 1 either ring side X Exit Switch traffic to enabled ring from previous step 292 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Single Slot NTRB33BBE5 FIJI Card replacement LD 39 SWRG inactive Where inactive side 0 or 1 either ring side AR AOR RSC 12 Switch the clock to the enabled ring LD 60 SWCK AAR E There can be a temporary FIJI or XNET PLL Unlock Error message during t
175. e and set it aside for reconnection with the replacement NT7D67CB PDU d Disconnect the large orange power connector J1 from the PDU Note To disconnect the power plug press a latch trip on the front and rear of the plug It may be necessary to use a screwdriver blade against the latch trip on the front of the plug 7 Tag and disconnect cables to the NT8D22 System Monitor card Loosen the two screws on the card faceplate and remove it 8 Remove the six screws that position the NT7D10 PDU Carefully pull the unit straight out and set it on the floor next to the pedestal see Figure 60 Dimensions for drilling holes on the pedestal on page 311 A Caution Damage to Equipment The PDU cannot be completely removed from the pedestal until wires to the field wiring terminal block are disconnected Label wires carefully Improper wiring can cause system damage 9 Label and disconnect all wiring to the field wiring terminal block 10 Locate the frame ground wire from the field wiring terminal block to the frame ground bolt inside the pedestal Disconnect this wire at the ground bolt 11 Remove the field wiring terminal block a Remove the cover over the terminal block b Remove the four screws that secure the terminal block and lift it out of the pedestal 12 Move the NT7D10 PDU out of the work area Installing the replacement PDU A Danger The NT7D67CB PDU is much heavier than the NT7D10 PDU 310 Communicati
176. e associated breaker If the breaker trips replace that power supply Module power supply Ringing generator el LI Peripheral Equipment Figure 6 Dual circuit breaker and associated module power supplies Symptom Green LED off on module power supply AC power The circuit breaker on the associated MPDU is not tripped but the green LED is off on one of the following power supplies IPE power supply NT8DO6 CE IPE power supply NT7D14 Ringing generator NT8D21 CE power supply NT8D29 46 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures A system message may be received indicating the status of the power supply See PWR in Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and use this procedure to clear the problem Possible cause Action Disconnected power Check the power cable connection between the power supply and cable the back of the MPDU If the cable is connected check power cable connections to each module below the affected one see Figure 7 AC power cabling in rear of column on page 48 If all power cables are connected go to the next possible cause Defective power Set the circuit breaker on the associated MPDU off and then on see supply Figure 6 Dual circuit breaker and associated module power supplies on page 46 if t
177. e console is not connected correctly fix the wiring If the console is connected correctly go to the next possible cause Disabled TN Software disable and reenable each TN LD 32 DISU 1s cu ENLU 1 s c u lscu loop shelf card unit Test TNs on superloops by entering LD 30 UNTT 1s c u Test TNs on other loops by entering LD 45 TEST If there is still a console problem go to the next possible cause Defective wiring Make sure wiring is properly connected and wires are not interchanged crossed or grounded Check the wiring between the console and the cross connect terminal Check the wiring between the IPE shelf and the cross connect terminal If there is a wiring problem correct it Symptom Indicator or digit display not functioning properly The attendant console operates but some LCD indicators or digit displays are not functioning properly See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting attendant consoles Possible cause Action Disconnected or Make sure the required power supplies to the attendant console are defective power connected and are not defective supply If there is still a console problem go to the next possible cause 92 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action Disabled TN
178. e of fault listed above As closely as possible match the problem to a symptom listed at the beginning of the chapter 3 Go through the procedure for clearing each possible cause of the problem until the fault is cleared 4 When the fault is corrected follow the instructions in Final maintenance procedure on page 145 to completely restore normal operation Fault indicators A fault in the system can be indicated by any combination of the following System messages visual fault indicators maintenance display codes user reports Each type of indicator is described below 30 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault indicators System messages System messages are codes with a mnemonic and number such as PWRO0014 The mnemonic identifies a software program or a type of message The number identifies the specific message Use system messages with other indicators such as maintenance display codes and visual indicators to identify and clear faults Table 4 System message fault indicators and related fault types on page 31 lists the most common fault indicating messages and the type of fault they indicate For a complete list and interpretation of system messages see the Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 Table 4 System message fault indicators and related fault types System messages Type of fault
179. e quality metrics in LD 117 Thresholds are used to classify system performance as good poor and unacceptable SNMP alarm generation when voice quality metric thresholds are violated on a per call or bandwidth zone basis Voice quality related SNMP alarm control on a zone basis by configuring Alarm Notification Levels in LD 117 Alarm control assists in isolating voice quality problems and reducing network traffic Recording of voice quality metric threshold violations in Traffic Report 16 Traffic Report 16 is accessible in LD 2 and SNMP MIB Retrieval of Operational Measurement OM reports containing hourly summations of the voice quality metrics and endpoint registration activity R Value information is now available in OM reports Network diagnostic utilities to identify isolate and report network problems affecting voice quality The diagnostic utilities are available by using the CLI or IP Phones with Phase 2 software The utilities include Traceroute Ping Ethernet statistics IP Network statistics UNIStim Reliable User Data Protocol RUDP statistics Real Time Control Protocol RTCP statistics and Dynamic Host Control Protocol DHCP data PVQM assists network administrators and craft persons to Make informed decisions for capacity planning and Quality of Service QoS network engineering Monitor the performance of their systems Diagnose isolate and correct networking problems that cause deterior
180. e the TN Unseat the affected IPE card backplane Reenable the TN and wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received replace the card cage assembly in the module Symptom Console cannot make or receive calls no OVD message The attendant console cannot make or receive calls There is no OVD message There may be other system messages indicating that the TN for this console is defective or are disabled See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting attendant consoles See Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 91 Clearing attendant console faults Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 for information about system cabling Possible cause Action No power to Check the power supply and wiring to see that the console is powered console up If there is a power supply problem correct it If there is no power problem go to the next possible cause Defective Test the console by entering console LD 31 See Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for information about testing consoles with LD 31 If the console fails the test replace it If the console passes the test go to the next possible cause Console Check the cross connect terminal to make sure the console is connected connected to to the correct TNs wrong TNs If th
181. e the following table Table 23 LD 43 Backup and restore commands Command Description EDD The Call Server system group MIB variables System Navigation variables and community name strings are dumped to disk as a file This file is backed up to the A drive floppy 120 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Backup and restore Command Description BKO The new file created to store the system group MIB variables System Navigation variables and community name strings is copied from the primary device to the backup external storage device RES The new file created to store the system group MIB variables System Navigation variables and community name strings is restored from the backup external storage device to the primary device LD 143 Large systems To backup and restore system group MIB variables System Navigation variables and community name strings with floppy disks see the following table These LD 143 commands are specific to the Large System Table 24 LD 143 Large System backup and restore using floppy disks Command Description ABKO The new file created to store the system group MIB variables System Navigation variables and community name strings is backed up to floppy disks ARES The new file created to store the system group MIB variables System Navigation variables and community name strings is restored from floppy di
182. e to connector LPY on the first shelf DLB card If an OVD message is received at this point replace the inter shelf cable Reinsert cards on the IPE shelf If there is no OVD message and the loops do not enable go to the next possible cause Defective terminal equipment Check terminal equipment such as attendant consoles and telephones on the disabled loop If you find defective terminal equipment see the appropriate chapter such as Clearing attendant console faults on page 89 to fix the fault Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Symptom Disabled peripheral signaling card indicated by OVD message There is an overload OVD system message indicating that a peripheral signaling card is disabled The LED on the faceplate may be lit It may be necessary to replace one of the following Superloop network card or network card NT8D04 QPC414 PS card QPC43R e Clock controller QPC471 D channel handler interface card QPC757 Possible cause Action Defective PS Unseat all network cards associated with the PS card card Enable the PS card by entering LD 32 ENPS x X represents the PS card number Wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received replace the PS card If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective Reinsert network cards one a
183. e x 0 or 1 eR EL The clock controllers must be enabled with no errors and locked to the primary or secondary reference 2 Check and confirm the two rings are in stable condition LD 39 STAT RING x Get status of ring on side x x 0 or 1 XExit Traffic must be running in Half Half mode on the two rings 3 Check for any alarms on the two rings LD 39 STAT ALARM Get status of alarm on side x x 0 or 1 either ring X XC Exit 4 Check and confirm all FIJI cards and rings are operating normally LD 39 TEST ALL Get status of cards and rings Exit FIJI080 FlJI081 error messages can be displayed indicating 360 test failures on Network loops where DPRI NT5D12xx packs are installed with card versions of less than AG This is a known issue with these versions of Dual PRI packs as they interfere with the timeslots used by the 360 tests of FIJI 5 Disable the auto recovery for the rings LD 39 ARCV OFF Disable auto recovery for rings Exit Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 291 Replacing equipment Check to see which clock is active If necessary align system clocks to ensure the active clock is associated with the active ring so that the FIJI cards on the inactive ring can be replaced The following commands provides the status of both clock controllers The ring that has its clock controller indicating active is th
184. each system monitor defines the master or the address of each slave Table 38 Faults monitored by the NT8D22 System Monitor Power faults Source CPU condition CPU failure Sysload system reload Main power loss System input power AC or DC Power supply failure Common equipment power supply 176 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System monitor indicators Power faults Source Common peripheral equipment power supply Peripheral equipment power supply Ringing generator Temperature alarm Blower unit Column temperature sensors The master system monitor checks the CPU column and periodically polls the slaves to check their status When polled the slaves report their status to the master If a slave does not respond when it is polled the master reports the address as a faulty slave If a slave is removed the master cannot communicate with higher addresses Therefore the master considers the removed slave and all slaves with a higher address as disabled For example if slave 2 is disabled the master also reports slaves 3 4 and up as disabled The system monitor reports power equipment status and faults to the CPU Only the master system monitor communicates with the CPU System messages generated by the system monitor are identified by the mnemonic PWR Figure 19 NT8D22 System Monitor message flow on page 177 sho
185. eate a backup of the customer data on an RMD and store it on site Create an additional back up of the customer data on an RMD and store it off site Ensure that installation media and system software media are available on site and stored properly Maintain an adequate room environment by adhering to the following guidelines Keep the ambient room temperature within established limits Keep the relative humidity within established limits Keep the room environment clean and dust free Take measures to control static electricity use wrist bands do not wax floors and install static mats Ensure that the room has a functioning lock and is accessible only by authorized personnel Prohibit the storage of harmful materials in the room such as caustic cleaning products Note For more information about proper temperature and humidity levels see Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Planning and Engineering NN43021 220 184 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Preventative maintenance If you are using a DC system follow the manufacturer s maintenance recommendations to ensure that the batteries function properly If you are using an AC system with an inverter follow the manufacturer s maintenance recommendations Clean all fan filters Remove all unused cards and install filler plates Review the history l
186. elf test If the test fails replace the card If the test passes follow the procedure below Check the status of the Local Carrier Interface card LD 32 STAT sl where sl represents the loop number Check the display and take steps to resolve the problem indicated in the status report If an OVD message is received replace the superloop network card If the card is disabled enable it by executing the ENLL s1 command If the response is UNEQ install the card correctly and observe self test Defective Remote Carrier Interface card Unseat all cards on the IPE shelf except the Remote Carrier Interface card Unseat and seat the Remote Carrier Interface card to start self test Observe self test If the test passed enable the card by executing ENXP x Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action where x represents the controller number If the test failed check the maintenance display codes on the card faceplate and wait for an OVD message In the OVD message is received replace the card If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective IPE card Reinsert the IPE cards one at a time Wait for an OVD message after each card is inserted If the red LED lights when a card is inserted software disable the card and try to re enable it If it doe
187. en a link is established between a Signaling Server Media Card and the Call Server the IP Telephony devices no longer read the config ini file to retrieve the community strings Therefore the community name strings are removed from the config ini file Traffic MIB The Zonetrafficrpt MIB on the Signaling Server handles traffic report parameters generated on the Call Server The SNMP manager sends an SNMP query to the Signaling Server to retrieve the Zonetrafficrpt parameters The Signaling Server communicates with the Call Server to retrieve the information from the traffic report and respond to the SNMP query The SNMP agent on the Signaling Server incorporates the Zonetrafficrpt MIB and handles SNMP queries to the Zonetrafficrpt MIB The Zonetrafficrpt parameter values from the Call Server are transferred to the Signaling Server On the Call Server the Zonetrafficrpt parameters are accessed through LD 2 and LD 117 The Zonetrafficrpt MIB consists of traffic parameters for a zone provisioned on the Call Server The two sets of parameters are intra zone parameters and inter zone parameters Each parameter is assigned an object ID in the MIB For further information about the Zonetrafficrpt traffic parameters that are available refer to Avaya Communication Server 1000 Fault Management SNMP NN43001 719 Community name strings Read only and read write community name strings control access to all MIB data A community name string is defined
188. equipment Minor alarm reported by attendant Network equipment Cannot transfer or conference Cannot dial out on 500 2500 telephones Trouble with calls on attendant console Peripheral equipment Trouble with calls on analog 500 2500 type telephones Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 33 How to clear faults User report Type of fault Trouble with calls on digital telephones Trouble with a specific trunk Trunk Continuous ringing Trouble with calls on console and or telephones Trouble with calls Attendant console Trouble with equipment such as handset headset or display Trouble with calls Telephone Trouble with equipment such as handset or add on module 34 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 6 Clearing power faults Contents This section contains information on the following topics Power faults on page 35 Fault clearing procedures on page 36 Candeo power systems on page 49 Power faults Various electrical voltages are required These electrical voltages are developed and delivered by the power equipment system Cooling and monitoring devices are interconnected with the power system Figure 3 Internal DC power equipment on page 36 shows power cooling and monitoring equipment that may be located in a column including air probe increas
189. er 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Glossary QPC441 Three Port Extender Card QPC477 Bus Terminating Unit Core Bus Terminator Common Equipment Common Peripheral Equipment Changeover and Memory Arbitrator Card Core Multidisk Unit Card NT8D17 Conference Tone and Digit Switch Card Core to Network Interface Call Processor Central Processing Unit QPC659 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card Digitone Receiver Card NT8D18 Network Digitone Receiver Card QPC742 Floppy Disk Interface Card NT8D68 Floppy Disk Unit QPC579 CPU Function Card QPC580 CPU Interface Card Input Output Processor Intelligent Peripheral Equipment NT8D69 Multi Disk Unit QPC742 Mass Storage Interface Card Intelligent Peripheral Equipment March 2013 315 PS card PS card ROM cards SBE SDI cards UPS 316 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance QPC43 Peripheral Signaling Card Read Only Memory Cards QPC215 Segmented Bus Extender Card Serial Data Interface Cards Uninterruptible Power Supply Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Index Numerics 3PE Three Port Extender cards 51 214 298 in Core Module Card Cage 214 FOMOVING iseti en RR ERE ERRERKRR DOE ERR ER CR KEEN CERE canreatd 298 500 2500 telephones sss 175 178 major alarms and sesers anian 175 PFTU connection to CO trunks aese 178 A A0321130 Fan Units anina 19
190. er Card stay in memory Review the codes and reset the counter through the Network and Signaling Diagnostic LD 30 Examine previous codes system messages and visual indicators with the current maintenance display code to properly analyze faults Table 6 Maintenance display locations and related fault types on page 33 lists the cards with maintenance displays and the type of fault they might indicate Table 6 Maintenance display locations and related fault types Maintenance display Type of fault NT8D01 Controller Card Peripheral equipment NT1P62 Fiber Controller Card NT7R52 Remote Carrier Interface Card User reports Many faults reported by users such as a damaged telephones or data sets are obvious and can be fixed by replacing the damaged equipment Some faults are less obvious and may be caused by other equipment such as a defective peripheral equipment line or trunk card To classify the fault in these cases check for system messages and visual fault indications It may be necessary to the user reproduce the problem to determine the sequence of events that led to the fault Table 7 User reported problems and related fault types on page 33 lists problems users typically report Table 7 User reported problems and related fault types User report Type of fault Major alarm reported by attendant Power No ring on analog 500 2500 type telephones Major alarm reported by attendant Common
191. er provides a central processor to drive Session Initiation Protocol SIP and H 323 signaling IP Phone signaling and IP Peer Networking on CS 1000 systems The Signaling Server runs the following software on a VxWorks real time operating system IP Phone TPS Terminal Proxy Server SIP and H 323 signaling gateway Virtual Trunk Network Routing Service NRS CS 1000 Element Manager web server Application Server for the Personal Directory Callers List and Redial List features The Signaling Server has both an ELAN and a TLAN interface and communicates with the Call Server through the ELAN 170 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com CPU controls Signaling Server hardware CS 1000 Release 5 0 introduced three hardware platforms for the Signaling Server CP PM Call Processor Pentium Mobile IBM X306m HP DL320 G4 These hardware platforms offer greater processing power and more RAM and storage capacity than the ISP1100 The ISP1100 can still be used to run CS 1000 Release 5 5 software but must at least 1 GB of RAM configured For more detail about Signaling Server maintenance see Avaya Signaling Server IP Line Applications Fundamentals NN43001 125 CPU controls Switches and buttons on common equipment cards are used to control CPU activity and clear common equipment faults Initialize button Pressing the manual initialize Man Int bu
192. ering LOOP loop If an OVD message is received at this point replace the superloop network card If there is no OVD message and the loops do not enable go to the next possible cause Defective controller card Unseat all cards on the IPE shelf except the controller card Reconnect the loop cable to the controller card and enable the controller card by entering LD 32 ENXP x X represents the controller number If more than one shelf is involved follow this and subsequent procedures one at a time for each controller card Check the maintenance display codes on the controller card If an OVD message is received at this point unseat and re install the controller card to initiate a self test If the test fails replace the card Re insert cards on the IPE shelf If there is no OVD message and the loops do not enable go to the next possible cause Defective IPE card Reinsert the IPE cards one at a time If the red LED lights when a card is inserted software disable the card and try to re enable it If it does not enable replace the card If an OVD message is received when one of the IPE cards is inserted replace that card If no LEDs light and there is no OVD message as the cards are re inserted go to the next possible cause Defective cable Disconnect the loop cable at the controller card If there is more than one cable disconnect them one at a time and follow the procedure below for each cable
193. erity or suppress system message based on threshold If the Test Alarm utility uses a valid system message and correctly sends a trap to the trap destination the same system message if it occurs on the system is not guaranteed to be sent as a trap Some system messages currently do not generate a trap The LD 117 TEST ALARM command is described in the following table Table 21 LD 117 Test alarm command z Command Description TEST ALARM aaaa nnnn Generate an alarm where aaaa any character sequence However to test how an existing system message category for example BUG ERR INI would appear in an alarm browser use an existing system message nnnnn any numeric sequence for example 3458 and is optional defaulting to 0000 The actual output on the TTY is the system message passed as the parameter for example BUG1234 The actual trap sent to the trap destination list is trap type 10 with the following details operator description This is a test operator data This is a test error code aaaannnn The rest of the binding variables are NULL EDT and EPT The Event Default Table EDT and Event Preference Table EPT are repositories on the Call Server for storing system event information The EDT contains a list of system events that are generated on the system Each event contains an event code a description and severity information The EPT is used to override the severity of an event assigned in the EDT
194. ermination Panel in Core Net O Connect a NT8D76 cable of the appropriate length from J4 on the 3PE card faceplate in Network group 2 shelf 0 to the Port 10 0 J4 connection on the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net O Install the remaining cables according to the assignments in Table 40 cCNI Network group designations on page 274 Connect the Network shelf 1 3PE cards to Core Net 1 1 Connect a NT8D76 cable of the appropriate length from J3 on the 3PE card faceplate in Network group 1 shelf 1 to the Port 9 1 J3 connection on the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net 1 Connect a NT8D76 cable of the appropriate length from J4 on the 3PE card faceplate in Network group 1 shelf 1 to the Port 9 1 J4 connection on the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net 1 Connect a NT8D76 cable of the appropriate length from J3 on the 3PE card faceplate in Network group 2 shelf 1 to the Port 10 0 J3 connection on the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net 1 Connect a NT8D76 cable of the appropriate length from J4 on the 3PE card faceplate in Network group 2 shelf 1 to the Port 10 0 J4 connection on the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net 1 Install the remaining cables according to the assignments in Table 40 cCNI Network group designations on page 274 276 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D3703 IPE Module Card Cage Termination Pa
195. es F the system monitor lights the column LED and generates a system message Providing this condition exists for 30 seconds the system shuts down power to the column in 30 seconds Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 181 Hardware maintenance tools The NT8D22 System Monitor generates a system message if the air leaving the column exceeds 55 degrees C 131 degrees F This thermal alarm may indicate a loss of air conditioning in the room loss of ventilation in the column a problem with the blower unit or a blocked air filter 182 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 21 Routine maintenance Contents This section contains information on the following topics Pedestal air filter on page 183 DC power battery systems on page 183 Service batteries and air filters regularly Follow the guidelines in this chapter to maintain batteries and air filters Pedestal air filter There is an air filter in the pedestal of each column Service the air filters once a month For instructions on replacing the air filter see Replacing equipment on page 187 If an air filter is damaged in any way discard it and install a new one If a dirty air filter is not damaged clean it with warm water and mild detergent Do not use compressed air because it may damage the filter When the filter is completely dry reinsert it
196. es the impeller speed as the temperature goes up blower unit provides cooling for the column Module Power Distribution Unit MPDU houses circuit breakers for some module power supplies In DC powered systems there is a switch on each power supply so MPDUs are not required Power Distribution Unit PDU distributes power from the external source to module power supplies and houses the column circuit breaker s module power supply converts voltage from the PDU to the voltages needed in each type of module ringing generator provides current to ring analog 500 2500 type telephones and to light the message waiting light on the 2500 telephones system monitor monitors power and temperature conditions thermostat monitors column temperature Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 35 Clearing power faults Power faults can disable ringing for analog 500 2500 type telephones message waiting lights on 2500 telephones all the cards in a module all the modules in a column or the entire System Th tat and Column LED TE pRUS PE power supply PE power supply Ringing generator PE power supply System Circuit monitor breakers Earl Power distribution unit in the rear CE power supply of the pedestal Blower unit with toggle switch Front of the column 553 3043 Figure 3 Internal DC power equipment Fault clearing procedures System messa
197. escription of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT7R51 Local Carrier Interface Card This section describes how to replace a Local Carrier Interface card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing and replacing a Local Carrier Interface card 1 Disable the Local Carrier Interface card by logging in to the system terminal loading the Network and Peripheral Equipment Diagnostic Program LD 32 and executing DISL loop where loop is the actual loop number of the Local Carrier Interface card 2 Set the ENL DIS switch to DIS 3 Disconnect the cable from the Local Carrier Interface card faceplate 240 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT7R52 Remote Carrier Interface Card 4 Unlatch the card locking devices by squeezing the tabs and pulling the locking devices away from the card 5 Pull the card out of the network module and place it into an antistatic bag away from the work area 6 Set the replacement card ENL DIS switch to DIS 7 Hold the replacement card by the card locking devices and insert the card parti
198. ext possible cause Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 61 Clearing network equipment faults Possible cause Action Defective Fiber To check the Fiber optic span perform a loopback test across the optic span span Load LD 45 and execute the XCON 6 test with Fiber Superloop Network card as the generator and detector with span looped at the Fiber Peripheral Controller card at the Fiber Remote IPE Check the test results and proceed accordingly Defective Check terminal equipment such as attendant consoles and telephones terminal on the disabled loop equipment If defective terminal equipment is found see the appropriate chapter such as Clearing attendant console faults on page 89 to fix the fault Symptom Disabled loop indicated by OVD message NT7R51 Local Carrier Interface Card An overload OVD system message indicates that a loop on an NT7R51 Local Carrier Interface Card is disabled All terminal connections on the loop are disabled A red LED on the 62 card may be lit or flashing It may be necessary to replace one of the following Remote Carrier Interface card NT7R52 Local Carrier Interface card NT7R51 IPE card Cable between superloop network card and controller card Possible cause Action Defective Local Carrier Interface card Hardware disable and re enable the superloop network card to initiate a s
199. f software is disabled try to enable it software disable hardware disable and re enable If the card does not enable replace it If the CPU is still faulty go to the next possible cause Defective IOP card Check the IOP card Reinstall the IOP card test it and enable it LD 137 DIS IOP TEST IOP ENL IOP If the CPU is still faulty go to the next possible cause Defective CE card lit Unseat the CP and CNI cards and reinstall them Make sure all LED cables are securely connected If all cards do not recover continue with this procedure If the display on the CP card shows a fault LD 135 TEST CPU If there is a problem with the test CCED system messages are generated If the LED is lit on some other CE card check the CNI card enter LD 135 TEST CNI C S Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 53 Clearing common equipment faults Possible cause Action crepresents the CPU 0 or 1 and Srepresents the card slot If the CPU is still faulty replace the CE cables one at a time If CNI is faulty disable the card before outing it If the CPU remains faulty go to the next possible cause Defective backplane Replace the card cage assembly in the module To replace the card cage first switch the system to the alternate CPU and then disable and remove all the cards in the card cage to be replaced Defective
200. f the authorized activation or authorized usage level solely for the purpose specified in the Documentation and solely as embedded in for execution on or in the event the applicable Documentation permits installation on non Avaya equipment for communication with Avaya equipment Charges for Heritage Nortel Software may be based on extent of activation or use authorized as specified in an order or invoice Copyright Except where expressly stated otherwise no use should be made of materials on this site the Documentation Software or hardware provided by Avaya All content on this site the documentation and the Product provided by Avaya including the selection arrangement and design of the content is owned either by Avaya or its licensors and is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws including the sui generis rights relating to the protection of databases You may not modify copy reproduce republish upload post transmit or distribute in any way any content in whole or in part including any code and software unless expressly authorized by Avaya Unauthorized reproduction transmission dissemination storage and or use without the express written consent of Avaya can be a criminal as well as a civil offense under the applicable law Third Party Components Third Party Components mean certain software programs or portions thereof included in the Software that may contain software including open sou
201. faults on page 29 for complete fault clearing process Table 13 Console fault indicators Indicator Possible indications System messages BSD501 The console identified by loop shelf card and unit failed the signaling test If the unit number is preceded by a minus sign the console was disabled There is a console fault or a fault on the peripheral equipment card indicated Visual indicators Red LED lit on associated cards User reports Trouble with calls Trouble with equipment such as handset headset or display A Caution Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Symptom Console cannot make or receive calls OVD message received The attendant console cannot make or receive calls There is an OVD message indicating that a TN for the attendant console is disabled See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting attendant consoles See 90 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 for information about system cabling To replace other equipment refer to Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance NN43021 700 It may be necessary may need
202. fied by x a If the response is DSBL go to step 2 on page 297 296 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com QPC43 Peripheral Signaling Card b Ifthe response is ENBL enter DSPS xto disable the card and go to step 2 on page 297 2 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS 3 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the replacement Peripheral Signaling card 1 2 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement card Set the jumper plug on the replacement card with the same configuration as on the card that was removed If there is a vintage change be sure to check Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for any differences Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices 4 Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement card 5 software enable the card and loops serviced by the card ENPS x a When the process is complete a system response is displayed b If there is a problem an NPR system message is generated and the red LED is lit on the faceplate of the card c If there is no problem exit LD 32 KKK Test each loop serviced by the Peripheral Signaling card LD 30 LOOP loop loop is aloop number see Table 43 Peripheral signaling card numbers on page 297 ERER Exit LD 30 Tag defective equipment with a description of the proble
203. following cards until the fault clears on Network shelf 3PE card PS card If there is still a Conference problem go to the next possible cause Defective Check the keys on any telephone with this problem See the following telephone keys technical publications Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 LD 31 tests Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 Excessive traffic in the system Additional conference TDS cards may be required to handle the traffic in the system See Avaya Traffic Measurement Formats and Outputs Reference NN43001 750 Symptom Problems placing calls on 2500 telephones and some trunks Several users of 2500 telephones may report trouble placing calls Other users may report trouble dialing on certain trunks A digitone receiver or a card that provides tone and digit switch Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance capability may be disabled It may be necessary to replace one of the following Tone Detector Card QPC422 Conference TDS card NT8D17 DTR card NT8D16 Network DTR card NT8D18 Possible cause Action Defective Check for disabled digitone receiver TNs by entering digitone LD 34 STAT receiver If any are disabled try to enable them by entering ENLR ls c u wherelscu loop shelf card unit Test the digitone receiver by entering DTR 1socu If the digitone recei
204. front and rear of the plug It may be necessary to use a screwdriver blade against the latch trip on the front of the plug 6 Tag and disconnect cables to the NT8D22 System Monitor faceplate 7 Loosen the five screws that secure the NT7D10CA system monitor assembly 8 Pull the assembly out of the pedestal far enough to disconnect the cables to the PDU as follows a Disconnect the small orange connectors J2 on the PDU P2 on the system monitor assembly on the left side of the PDU b Disconnect the flat white connector to the small circuit board P1 on the PDU J1 on the system monitor assembly on the right side of the PDU 9 Pull the system monitor assembly out of the pedestal along with the attached ribbon cable and set it aside until the replacement PDU is installed 10 Remove the plastic safety cover over the terminal block on the PDU as follows a Loosen the three screws holding the cover Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 237 Replacing equipment b Lift the cover up and over the three mounting screws on the front panel of the cover 11 Tag and disconnect all wiring to the field wiring terminal block on the PDU See Figure 32 Field wiring terminals in the NT7D67CB PDU on page 238 A Caution Damage to Equipment Label wires carefully Improper wiring can cause system damage O NT7D67CB T T BAT BATRTN BATRTN gr 2 3 0
205. g system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area 306 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com QPC841 Serial Data Interface Card A Caution Loss of Data If the system terminal is assigned to the SDI being replaced assign it to another port before this SDI is disabled Removing the SDI card 1 Software disable each port on the SDI LD 37 DIS TTY x x is the number of the interface device attached to a port 2 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS A Caution Service Interruption To avoid interrupting service set ENB DIS switches to DIS before disconnecting or connecting cables 3 Tag and disconnect cables to the card being removed 4 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the replacement SDI card 1 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement card 2 Set option switches on the replacement card in the same manner as on the card that was removed If there is a vintage change be sure to check Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for any differences Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Connect cables to the replacement card Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement card Software enable each port on the card o
206. ge If an OVD message is received repair or replace the wiring to the IPE shelf If there is no OVD message repair or replace the wiring from the cross connect terminal to the telephone If the trunk card still does not enable or there is still a trunk problem reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective DTR TDS or MFS Use the attendant console to seize trunks and audibly test for dial tone and outpulsing or use a maintenance telephone and enter LD 36 TRK 1 s c u See Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 for information about this test If outpulsing is not heard the digitone receiver tone and digit switch or multifrequency sender may not be sending or receiving digits and the fault affects more than one trunk See the procedures for clearing faults on this equipment If there is no problem with this equipment go to the next possible cause Excessive traffic in the system Additional trunk cards may be required to handle the traffic in the system See Avaya Traffic Measurement Formats and Outputs Reference NN43001 750 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 87 Clearing trunk faults 88 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 11 Clearing attendant console faults Contents This section contains information on the fo
207. ges with the mnemonic PWR power contain four fields of information about power equipment These fields identify the type of equipment indicated such as the blower unit and the source of the message system monitor module or module power supply in PWR messages Table 8 PWR message fields on page 37 defines the fields Figure 4 Power 36 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures equipment destinations on page 38 shows the power equipment identified in PWR messages Table 8 PWR message fields PWRxxxx HW SM UEM U HW Hardware type one of the following CRBK Circuit breaker DCSP DC power supply FANU Blower unit PFTC Power fail transfer PWSP Module power supply including ringing generator THSW Thermal switch UPSA Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS alarm XSMC System monitor card SM System monitor 0 63 generating the message 0 is the master system monitor UEM Module 0 3 reporting the condition U Number of the power supply 1 2 in the module Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 37 Clearing power faults Module 3 Power unit 1 Module 2 Power unit 1 Power unit 2 Module 1 Power unit 1 Module 0 Power unit 1 Column 0 System monitor 0 Front of the column covers removed TT Figure 4 Power equipment destinations Table 9 Power fault indicators on page
208. git switch TDS and multifrequency sender MFS functions on a second loop This section describes how to replace a conference TDS card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the conference TDS card 1 Software disable the conference TDS card LD 340r LD 380r LD 460r DISX loop In LD 38 loop is the conference loop that is the odd loop of the conference TDS loop pair In LD 34 and LD Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 249 Replacing equipment 46 loop is the TDS MFS loop that is the even loop of the conference TDS loop pair Use the command DISX to disable both loops and all hardware functions Disabling loops with the command DISL prevents software from using the loops but does not disable the card 2 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS 3 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the replacement conference TDS card 1 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement card 2 Set option switches and jumpers on the replacement card with the same configuration as on the card that was removed If there is a vin
209. hat was removed If there is a vintage change be sure to check Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for any differences 2 Insert the replacement power supply into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices 3 Set the switch on the replacement power supply to ON up The green LED on the power supply should light and stay lit 4 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT6D65 and NTRB34 Core to Network Interface Cards This section describes how to replace the Core to Network Interface CNI or Core to Network Interface 3 CNI 3 card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Before replacing a CNI or CNI 3 card test itin an unused CNI slot in case for example there is a bent pin on the backplane If the card works correctly in the new slot leave it there Testing the card in an unused slot 1 The Core associated with the CNI card must be inactive If it is necessary to switch Cores LD 135 SCPU Set the NORM MAINT switch to MAINT on the active CP card 2 Software disable the CNI card DIS CNI c s c CPU 0 or 1 s card slot 8 12
210. he clock switch as the rings could dissimilar old and new FIJI packs on either ring 13 Disable the newly inactive ring LD 39 DIS RING Where inactive side 0 or 1 either ring lt inactive side gt Exit 14 Remove each of the installed FIJI packs from the disabled inactive ring in sequence and replace them with the new FIJI pack Note The new NTRB33BBES FIJI pack is a single slot module and its location in the CORENET or NETWORK Shelf must be as specified below CORENET Install new FIJI NTRB33BBE5S in Slot 9 nine NETWORK Install new FIJI NTRB33BBES in Slot 2 two SHELF 15 When installation is completed enable the Inactive ring LD 39 ENL RING Where inactive side 0 or 1 either ring inactive side Exit 16 Restore Traffic to HALF HALF mode LD 39 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 293 Replacing equipment 17 18 19 20 21 RSTR Exit Traffic should now be running in HALF HALF mode on the two rings without any FIJI alarms Turn Auto recovery of rings ON LD 39 ARCV ON Exit Check for any alarms on the two rings LD 39 STAT ALARM x Getstatus of alarm on side x x 0 or 1 either ring Exit Check and confirm clock status is good LD 60 SSCK x Get status of clock on side x x 0 or 1 either ring AMAA TSC PE Clock
211. he grill on the front of the pedestal Set the toggle switch on the front of the unit to OFF left b Turn the screws on the front of the unit counterclockwise and pull it forward several inches until the L bracket on the rear of the unit is visible The connector disengages from the rear of the PDU A Danger Do not pull the blower unit out of the pedestal The unit is heavy and the blades on the blower may still be rotating up to two minutes after the power is turned off 236 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC System monitor power supply assembly r f gt Y Q NT7D10CA Q 3 J5 J J4 X ae D Es r o9 g E NT7D67CB D DEIA Y v ON Safety cover the ojo iQ field terminal block Y BLO cB cB is behind the cover Va 2 Lo 311 2 hor Circuit Circuit breakers gt breakers Filter Power distribution unit assembly Figure 31 NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC 5 Disconnect cables that run between the module above the pedestal module 0 and the PDU a Remove the rear cover on the module b Remove the I O safety panel over the backplane in the module c Disconnect the system monitor ribbon cable from module 0 d Disconnect the large orange power connector J1 from the PDU Note To disconnect the power plug press a latch trip on the
212. he jumper between card slots 14 and 15 is open A Caution System Failure If the Core Network Module jumpers are set incorrectly the system does not load and operate correctly 2 Reposition the EMI shield it looks like a brass grill in the base of the module Tape over the front mounting tabs to hold the shield in position The tape is removed later 3 Slide the new card cage about halfway into the module Hold the card cage firmly while the ground and power connections are attached at the rear of the module a Attach the system monitor ribbon cables J1 goes down to the pedestal J2 goes up the column b Attach the frame ground green wire to the frame ground post on the module A 5 16 socket wrench is needed for this operation Remove the nut and the lockwasher at the top of the post Put the frame ground connector over the post Reinstall the top lockwasher and the nut and tighten the nut down c Attach the logic ground orange wire Remove one nut and the lockwasher Put the connector over the post reinstall the lockwasher and nut and tighten the nut down A 3 8 socket wrench is needed for this operation d Connect the module power connectors to the MPDU for AC power or to each other for DC power 218 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D2103 Core Network Card Cage 4 Install the new card cage in the module a Slide
213. helf 1 Connect the A B C D and E connectors between shelf 0 and shelf 1 for all other Network groups in the system except group 0 o 0c A CO Inm Note All connections are made with an NT8D99AB cable Network backplane shelf 1 Network backplane shelf 0 NT8D99AB cable 553 9584 Figure 51 Network shelf 0 to shelf 1 backplane connections groups 1 through 7 270 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D3503 NT8D3507 Network Module Card Cage Connect the Network modules to the Core Net modules Each Network shelf contains one 3PE card These 3PE cards are connected to the Termination Panel in the back of the Core Net shelves The following three figures show the location of the Termination Panel and 3PE cables on the Core Net backplane Termination Panel CCNI Transition Cables factory installed NT8D76 cables to 3PE cards in Network shelves customer installed Port 9 0 direct connection Ga to cCNI Transition Card factory installed cCNI Transition CONI Transition cCNI Transition cCNI Transition Sys Util Transition Conference TDS Network card Superloop Network card Superloop Network card Superloop Network card IGS FIJI card Peripheral Signaling card 3 Port Extender
214. here are dual circuit breakers If the LED on the power supply is still off replace the power supply If the power supply is replaced the LED on the replacement should light and stay lit If it does not go to the next possible cause Defective MPDU Replace the MPDU Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 47 Clearing power faults Main power connector to next module Module power I O safety connectors panel MODULE 1 Main power connector to next module Module power I O safety connectors panel MODULE 0 Main power connector to pedestal 553 3012 Rear of the column Figure 7 AC power cabling in rear of column Symptom Defective blower unit indicated AC power The blower unit circuit breaker located on the front of the unit is tripped and trips when reset A system message may be received indicating that there is a failure in the blower See PWR March 2013 48 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com Candeo power systems in Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and use this procedure to clear the problem It may be necessary to replace one of the following Blower unit NT8D52AB PDU NT8D53 Possible cause Action Defective blower unit Replace the blower unit and set the circuit breaker to ON up If the breaker trips go to
215. here is another request to use the overlay area for example if logging on to check the status of a circuit card The programs listed in Table 35 Programs used in Midnight and Background Routines on page 149 can be included in Midnight and Background Routines Maintenance requirements and the configuration of the system determine the programs included in Midnight and Background Routines Note Software Audit LD 44 should always be used in the Background Routine Table 35 Programs used in Midnight and Background Routines Program number Program function LD 30 Network and Signaling Diagnostic LD 32 Midnight only Network and Peripheral Equipment Replacement LD 33 1 5 Mbyte Remote Peripheral Equipment Diagnostic LD 34 Tone and Digit Switch and Digitone Receiver LD 36 Trunk Diagnostic 1 LD 38 Conference Circuit Diagnostic LD 40 Call Detail Recording Diagnostic LD 41 Trunk Diagnostic 2 LD 43 Midnight only Data Dump see Note 2 LD 44 Software Audit LD 45 Background Signal and Switching Diagnostic LD 46 Multi frequency Sender Diagnostic for ANI LD 60 Midnight only Digital Trunk Interface Diagnostic Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 149 Software maintenance tools Program number Program function LD 61 Midnight only Message Waiting Lamps Reset Note LD 43 is automatically activated during midnight routines if changes occurred within the past 24 hours
216. hes the 8 digit code on the replacement Security Device With the logo facing upward slide the replacement Security Device between the security device holder and the holder clip Do not bend the clip more than necessary when inserting the Security Device Ensure that the Security Device is securely in place For NT5D21 Core Net Modules reinsert the IODU C into slots 17 18 and 19 Lock the locking devices by pushing them gently towards the faceplate Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB A blinking letter E and number 5 displayed indicates that a failure occurred In that case reseat the Security Device in its holder and reinsert the card Enable the IODU C in LD 137 STAT See the status of the IODU Cs ENL CMDU x Enable the CMDU part of IODU C x ENL IOP x Enable the IOP part of IODU C x STAT See the status of the IODU Cs X Exit LD 137 Perform the KNEW command LD 143 Load the program KNEW HD Copy the keycode to the other Core Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 213 Replacing equipment Xo Exit the program 18 Time the system reboot for minimal service impact The new keycode does not take effect until the system reboots NT5D2103 Core Network Card Cage To replace a defective backplane in an NT5D21 Core Network Module the card cage must be replaced This section describes how to replace the card cage in a redundant system by maintaining system operation with
217. hin 2 minutes or the system times out If a timeout occurs return to Step 5 and retype the XBK command 8 Toreceive the configuration database file use the Xmodem protocol The file arrives in binary format For information about receiving files see the manual supplied with your communications software package 9 Wait for the file transfer operation to end File transfer time depends on database size and baud rate When the file transfer is completed successfully the system responds OK 10 If the file transfer fails the system responds with one of the following BKP0003 Indicates that some of the transferring data is invalid Data transfer is not attempted Corrective action Repeat the backup procedure from the beginning EDD BKP0008 Indicates that the data transfer is interrupted by a system timeout or by a line problem such as excessive noise Corrective action Repeat the procedure from Step 5 XBK 11 The configuration database backup procedure is complete Type to exit the program Restoring or updating the configuration database system operating 1 Type LD 143 2 The system responds CCBR 3 Type XRT to begin the configuration database restore The system prepares to receive the database file from the computer and restore it to the call processor 4 The system responds WAIT 2 MINUTES R gt A Warning The receiving medium is erased at the start of this step
218. hone The condition may exist on more than one telephone and may be intermittent The telephone may occasionally experience a no dial tone condition Calls from other types of telephones are not affected See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting telephones See Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 103 Clearing telephone faults NN43021 310 for information about system cabling To replace other equipment see Replacing equipment on page 187 It may be necessary to replace one of the following DTR card NT8D16 Tone Detector card QPC422 Network DTR card NT8D18 telephone wiring to the telephone Possible cause Action Defective If only one telephone is affected replace it telephone If there is still a problem with the telephone go to the next possible cause Defective wiring If only one telephone is affected make sure wiring is properly connected and wires are not interchanged crossed or grounded Check the wiring between the telephone and the cross connect terminal Check the wiring between the IPE shelf and the cross connect terminal If there is a wiring problem correct it If there is still a problem with the telephone go to the next possible cause Defective If the condition is intermittent or more than
219. http support avaya com scroll to the bottom of the page and select Contact Avaya Support Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 3 4 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Contents Chapter 1 New in this FOROR o ssnidid xA RRERRNRK MAH AMAN MM IA RXEIEXBUDU AMA ER VNERERN A NAM dM aM nA HI MEME 13 a rrr E 13 LIE ELO onera pps drei aono bonn c E vc d Pr br eb c prp aad bbc beet raa 13 Pee RSTO FINS TONY OR Na 13 Chapter 2 Customer BOFVIGB uisnisniactaxu ue Cka han diclaid RE Re hoa GR iid A AE aeiiaaie ERE Midi 15 TORRE eiie eese orbe be E Fc diee D nde bo exules esc S Ee Dd ua e DR ua eR das Fa Dudas Eb eb LM Po Una Edu das baci 15 GEWG lechnical documenta ttt mm 15 Ele eL ae Ple aeia e a E D S 15 Gelmo help rom e dietibulor I n sorisa E AE EEA AES 15 Getting technical support from the Avaya Web SiE issssssisrsiiini irian irannnnisnainaduon tanin entrent nnns 16 bj 40 Waaraan 17 llano AT Q PCR 17 Nole o legacy producis and Ve cfe 17 ee eoa e pp E 17 or SENT AU a A E PEE EO E E E E E EE N 17 mended JUEN RET EDD A EEES 18 Ba E e RENNES E E E E TUM 18 TEAGUE a a ai 18 elato NRA aiia a 18 TEONNICA pUDIOAON c aE 19 Se pea E EL A isis bacon AT A A E Fed o E E E EE 19 rcm RR 19 Chapter 4 Communicating with the system
220. iber Superloop Network Card Top cap Air exhaust grill BF UEM 1 4 turn fasteners Air exhaust grill 553 7375 Figure 23 Removing air exhaust grill Air intake grill The front and rear air intake grills are secured by captive panel screws located in the face of the grill Use a slotted screwdriver to release or secure the grill Air intake grill Captive screws 553 7376 Figure 24 Removing air intake grill NT1P61 Fiber Superloop Network Card Follow the steps in Removing and replacing a Fiber Superloop Network card on page 191 to replace an NT1P61 Fiber Superloop Network card See Avaya Software Inout Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing and replacing a Fiber Superloop Network card 1 Disable the Fiber Superloop Network card by logging in to the system terminal loading the Network and Peripheral Equipment Diagnostic Program LD 32 and Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 191 Replacing equipment executing DIS loop where loop is the actual loop number of the Fiber Superloop Network card 2 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS 3 Disconnect all the Fiber optic patchcords
221. idian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 225 Replacing equipment NT5K1106 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Card Cage To replace a defective NT5K1102 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Backplane in the NT5K11 EEPE UEM it is necessary to replace the NT5K1106 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Card Cage Assembly This section describes how to replace the card cage assembly See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the card cage 1 Disable the EEPE Enhanced Peripheral Equipment shelf by entering LD 32 DISS 1 s ls c loop shelf If a second shelf is assigned to a loop disable that shelf also by entering DISSI 1 s e If the shelf is in single loop mode two loops are disabled If the shelf is in dual loop mode four loops are disabled 2 Turn off power to the UEM power supply by setting the switch on the NT5K12 Enhanced Equipment power supply to OFF left 3 Remove all cards from the shelf of the UEM a Tag and disconnect cables to all faceplate connectors b Tag cards so they can be returned to the same slot Remove cards 4 Disconnect cables plugs and wires from the back of the UEM to the backplane a Remo
222. igure zone alarm notification levels on page 135 134 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Diagnosing and isolating voice quality problems To configure zone alarm notification levels in Element Manager select System Status Call Server IP Telephony Quality of Service Diagnostic Table 30 LD 117 Configure zone alarm notification levels Command Description CHG ZQNL lt ZoneNumber gt Change the Notification Level for the specified zone SIS lt ZoneNumber gt 0 2550 8000 level 0 2 4 LD 117 Print zone alarm notification levels The following LD 117 command prints zone alarm notification levels Table 31 LD 117 Print zone alarm notification levels Command Description PRT ZQNL lt ZoneNumber gt Print the Notification Level for the specified zone lt ZoneNumber gt 0 2550 8000 Diagnosing and isolating voice quality problems Network diagnostic utilities are accessible on IP Phones to isolate voice quality problems Run these utilities directly from the IP Phone itself or remotely through a CLI Ping and Traceroute The administrator can execute the Ping or Traceroute command from a specific endpoint with any arbitrary destination typically another endpoint or Signaling Server IP Networking statistics The administrator can view information about the packets sent packets received broadcast packe
223. ilure to erase the Call Server file Corrective action Repeat the restore procedure If the procedure fails again For CP PII and CP PIV Call Servers the probable cause is a faulty flash ROM For CP PM Call Servers contact Avaya technical support Indicates that the received file contains invalid data Corrective action Check the transmitted data file to ensure that it is the correct one Repeat the restore procedure XRT command If the procedure fails again a corrupted data file is a probability Indicates that a transmission error occurred due to a timeout or excessive line noise Corrective action Repeat the procedure 7 Reboot or sysload the system Important Using the STAD command Effective from CS 1000 Release 5 0 only users having SEC_ADMIN privileges can change the system time and date For more information about security enhancements see Avaya Security Management Fundamentals NN43001 604 8 Reset the correct time and date LD 2 STAD day month year hour minute second 9 Check the time and date entered TTAD 10 Customer configuration database restore is complete To exit LD 43 type 124 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Backup and restore More information For more detailed information about SNMP refer to Avaya Communication Server 1000 Fault Management SNMP NN43001 719 Communication Ser
224. ined on the keycode floppy disk label and verify the NT SDIDs match IODU C Software Installation Tool does not load Verify that the correct Install Program diskette is being used for the CP card in the system Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 57 Clearing common equipment faults 58 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 8 Clearing network equipment faults Contents This section contains information on the following topics Network equipment faults on page 59 Fault clearing procedures on page 60 Network equipment faults Network equipment provides speech path switching and transmits and receives signaling messages from the CPU Network equipment can include Conference tone and Digit switch CONF TDS card provides conference capability all tones for the system and multi frequency sender MFS functionality Intergroup Switch IGS card provides speech path switching between network groups for Meridian 1 PBX 81C network card provides digital switching for the system The NT8D04 Superloop Network Card provides the equivalent of four network loops The NT1P61 Fiber Superloop Network card and the NT7R51 Local Carrier Interface card provide the equivalent of two network loops Peripheral Signaling PS card provides the signaling interface to the CPU and cl
225. ining faults Final maintenance procedure 1 Ensure all cards that were removed are reinserted in their assigned locations and enabled 2 Ensure all wiring and connectors that are disconnected are reconnected 3 Ensure all loops and shelves that should be enabled are enabled Note Digital telephones on a network loop that was disabled may not be restored when the loop is enabled Each telephone should be individually disabled and reenabled through LD 32 Service may also be restored by disconnecting and reconnecting the telephone line cord Make sure all circuit breakers are set to ON and any fuses in power panels or auxiliary equipment are inserted Clear fault indicators by entering LD 35 or LD 135 To clear the maintenance display in a single CPU system enter CDSP To clear the maintenance display in a dual CPU system clear the display on one CPU by entering CDSP Test the CPU by entering TCPU LD 35 or TEST CPU LD 135 If the response is OK switch CPUs by entering SCPU Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 145 Final maintenance procedure Clear the display on the other CPU by entering CDSP To clear a major alarm indication and restore Power Fail Transfer Units PFTUs to normal operation enter CMAJ To clear a minor alarm indication from all attendant consoles enter CMIN ALL 6 Set the midnight routine to run after you log out of
226. into the MIB through SNMP set commands For the Network Management System NMS to communicate with the agent on a managed device the NMS must a description of all manageable objects the agent knows about Therefore each type of agent has an associated document called a MIB Module which contains these descriptions MIB Module files are loaded into the NMS MIB Modules are frequently referred to as MIBs The primary purpose of the MIB module is to provide a name structure and a description for each of the manageable objects a particular agent knows about The NMS uses two kinds of MIB modules ageneric MIB Module that describes the structure of the data that can be retrieved by the NMS e atrap MIB Module that describes the structure of the data sent by the device agent as an SNMP trap MIB data is arranged in a tree structure Each object each item of data on the tree has an identifier called an Object ID OID which uniquely identifies the variable To prevent naming conflicts and provide organization all major device vendors as well as certain organizations are assigned a branch of this tree structure referred to as the MIB Tree The MIB Tree is managed by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA Each object on the MIB Tree has a number and a name and the complete path from the top of the tree down to the point of interest forms the name An SNMP MIB must be written in Abstract Notation One ASN 1 format to conform
227. ion Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D12AA Dual DTI PRI DDP card A Caution Damage to Equipment Never force the card into the slot If the card gets stuck remove it and try again 9 Use a small bladed screwdriver to replace the screws on the card 10 Replace all cables on the replaced CP PIV card Important Before you continue with this procedure you must reinstall the software from Compact Flash For information about reinstalling this software see Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Configuration 553 3021 210 Release 4 5 11 After the inactive CPU reloads check the status in LD 135 STAT CPU 12 In LD 135 on the active core rejoin the two CP PIV cards JOIN 13 After the disk sync and memory sync complete check for normal system operation in LD 135 STAT CPU 14 In LD 135 verify that the replaced CP PIV card can control call processing SCPU 15 Switch the CPU back if necessary NT5D12AA Dual DTI PRI DDP card This section describes how to replace an NT5D12AA DDP card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and se
228. is up issued to support Communication Server 1000 Release 4 5 September Standard 2 00 This document is up issued for Communication Server 1000 2004 Release 4 0 October Standard 1 00 This document is new for Succession 3 0 It was created to 2003 support a restructuring of the Documentation Library which resulted in the merging of multiple legacy documents This new document consolidates information previously contained in the following legacy documents now retired General Maintenance 553 3001 500 Fault Clearing 553 3001 510 Hardware Replacement 553 3001 520 14 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Chapter 2 Customer service Visit the Avaya Web site to access the complete range of services and support that Avaya provides Go to www avaya com or go to one of the pages listed in the following sections Navigation Getting technical documentation on page 15 Getting product training on page 15 Getting help from a distributor or reseller on page 15 Getting technical support from the Avaya Web site on page 16 Getting technical documentation To download and print selected technical publications and release notes directly from the Internet go to www avaya com support Getting product training Ongoing product training is available For more information or to register go to www avaya com support Fro
229. ise ben IURE VD UEE UNS Php O ERERERHDUKDN REO 125 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 7 Chapter 15 Proactive Voice Quality Management cerne 127 doro M MK AEA RIN Reena Me 127 risus Visca ts sac rea tas ncadesddeiedids 128 How veces quali Momiornng WEITER 2l Fe Rer LEER E E ER pL SEC Peay Pan Eo mtn ge peor EN DE DA AR RA rad 129 Hill 130 Ice DRE URGE aa ecpapid A PC pop SEP OU pp dtp bap nm hala n c te RR Rd cp Ex cR 130 Ud COTON DOE ca a E d cpdcc cna cuenten E n UR ctos Kex n RR E dad E a Rb d 131 Feature TTI t s e ERE 131 EET GT Hei d NETTO ESTERI EON 131 LD 117 Print 2ore Gos IP STAB MCS Em 131 LD 117 Contigure voloe quality metie IPSS MONEE soi eee iere tente duh aaa 132 LD 117 Print voice quality metae thresholds iioii rid etu kde prr rci c tae eed cba stad px Eee de 133 LD 117 Configure voice quality sampling polling eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneennn ne 133 LD 117 Configure zone alarmenotifiaation levels sconisisinanainniiei dr tn 134 LO 117 Print Zone alarm notiicalion Ievelaisviun ae ooa i ea qr ain aa a Gaara Naas 135 Diagnosing and isolating velcesquality problems s2ccoscicresandiecncatiaeddesaueredenecandnoonnanssaadanraidatddunpannvecornansee 135 iier eis eT P EERE Ae eTOOy eR nT Fen pyOrT gE TOD
230. itch sssse 164 excessive error messages from 150 Bb 165 maintenance displays seeeesssss 167 maintenance features seeseeesseseee 163 cards reseating reenabling sessssssss 29 CBT Core Bus Terminator Cards 230 removing and installing s 230 CC Clock Controller Cards 214 298 302 in 3PE Card replacement ssssess 298 in Core Module Card Cage replacement 214 Tile pee 302 rEMOVIN G ERES LE DR 302 CCED system messages 230 280 300 3PE Card replacement sssesssss 300 CNI Card replacement ssessssssss 230 CP Card replacement ssesssssss 280 CE Power Supply AC sse 247 CE Power Supply DC sse 229 CED system messages sse 300 3PE Card replacement ssssssss 300 Central Office Trunk Cards seese 244 FEMOVING me PE 244 changeover card reload button location 173 circuit breaker off ccccccceccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 39 43 45 circuit breakers seeeesss 236 268 277 279 IPE Module Card Cage replacement 277 279 MPDU replacement sese 268 PDU
231. itchover to the core side without the failure Remote operation capabilities include remote access to both Core Modules or Core Network Modules the ability to sysload initialize or put the system in a split mode and the ability to upload and download the customer database Access the core complex in each Core Module or Core Network Module through the I O ports on the CP cards Interactive diagnostics Overlay programs including programs called maintenance routines can be loaded into memory through the system terminal or maintenance telephone This function is performed by the Overload Loader program Note The programs used in Midnight and Background Routines are also used manually as interactive diagnostic programs see Table 35 Programs used in Midnight and Background Routines on page 149 Maintenance routines are used interactively with a command response format In this format enter a command that tells the system to perform a specific task The system performs the task and sends system messages indicating the status or errors Interactive diagnostics enable the following disable test and enable specific equipment verify that a reported fault still needs to be cleared verify that a repair procedure clears a fault All maintenance programs and commands are described in detail in Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 For help with interpreting system messages refer to Avaya Software Input Output Refe
232. ith the telephone reinstall the original ringing generator and go to the next possible cause Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 105 Clearing telephone faults 106 Possible cause Action Defective backplane If the green LED is lit on the ringing generator and the fault persists replace the card cage assembly in the module Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Chapter 13 Clearing IP telephone faults Contents This section contains the following topics UNIStim Security with DTLS on page 107 IP Phone registration faults related to DTLS on page 107 UNIStim Security with DTLS UNIStim Security with Datagram Transport Layer Security DTLS provides signaling encryption for UNIStim IP Phones based on the industry standard DTLS protocol RFC4347 Industry standard DTLS protocol to encrypt UNIStim signaling Possible configurations can include both DTLS capable and DTLS incapable systems on the same network Each LTPS can have its own certificate if the IP phones validate it All platforms that run Line TPS signaling servers and media cards support DTLS therefore you need not install additional hardware DTLS encryption can co exist with SMCs so you can simultaneously use both types of encryption on a single system All systems in the network must be
233. ity Device is securely in place 6 Insert the new IODU C card into the following slots For NT5D21 Core Net Modules insert the IODU C card in slots 17 18 and 19 7 Lock the locking devices by pushing them gently towards the faceplate Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB A blinking letter E and number 5 displayed indicates that a failure occurred In that case reseat the Security Device in its holder and reinsert the card 8 Press the MAN RST button on the CP card Once the keycode is validated against the Security Device the Install menu is displayed 9 Atthe Install menu select o to copy the software from the active Core 208 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D61 Input Output Disk Unit with CD ROM IODU C INSTALL MENU The Software Installation Tool will install or upgrade Meridian 1 System Software Database and the PE ROM both CP and IOP ROM You will be prompted throughout the installation and given the opportunity to quit at any time Please enter lt CR gt gt a To install Software CP BOOTROM IOP ROM b To install Software Database CP BOOTROM IOP ROM c To install Software only d To install Database only e To install CP BOOTROM only f To install IOP ROM only g To reinstall CP Software 0 To copy System Software from the other Core lt t gt To go to the Tools menu k
234. ity Name Access Network View Where User group privileges Interface configured ADMIN COMM 1 read ELAN system group MIB LD 117 public ADMIN COMM 2 read ELAN All MIBs LD 117 admingroup2 ADMIN COMM 3 read ELAN Zonetrafficrpt MIB LD 117 admingroup3 Signaling Server only system group MIB Media Cards only Community name strings used by the Signaling Server and Media Cards are synchronized from the Call Server to the Signaling Server and Media Cards when a data dump is performed They are also synchronized when a link is established between a Signaling Server or Media Card and the Call Server Test Alarm utility The Test Alarm utility simulates an alarm to verify that the alarms are generated correctly and sent to their configured destinations The alarm is sent to the trap destination list configured on the system in LD 117 and the Open Alarm feature 118 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com EDT and EPT The TEST ALARM command creates and sends an open alarm trap type 10 to the trap destination list and displays a message on the console The alarm test utility sends a trap for any parameter specified The message travels through the following Event Default Table EDT to assign correct severity if system message is valid otherwise system message is assigned a severity of Info Event Preference table EPT to modify sev
235. ive Test the console by entering console LD 31 Follow the procedures in Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 to test consoles with LD 31 If the console fails the test replace it If the console passes the test go to the next possible cause Defective IPE card software disable each TN by entering LD 32 DISU 1 s cu scu loop shelf card unit Disconnect the wiring between the IPE card and the cross connect terminal Reenable and test each TN by entering ENLU lscu Wait for an OVD message Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 93 Clearing attendant console faults Possible cause Action If an OVD message is received indicating a problem with the card or unit replace the card If there is no message indicating a problem with the card or unit reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective wiring Make sure wiring is properly connected and wires are not interchanged to console crossed or grounded Check the wiring between the console and the cross connect terminal Check the wiring between the IPE shelf and the cross connect terminal If there is a wiring problem correct it 94 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 12 Clearing telephone faults Contents This section contains information on
236. k cards and controller cards Call processing is interrupted for an additional amount of time during this process An initialization can be activated by pressing the manual initialize Man Int button on the following NT6D66 Call Processor Card An initialization always occurs automatically after the System Loader program runs An initialization often occurs when a software or firmware fault is detected and when a common equipment hardware fault is detected 148 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Diagnostic programs Midnight and Background Routines In the Configuration Record LD 17 select the overlay programs for the Midnight Routine and Background Routine These routines automatically perform maintenance checks Programs included in the Midnight Routine are defined with the prompt DROL derived from daily routine overlay Programs included in the Background Routine are defined with the prompt BKGD The Midnight Routine runs once every 24 hours This routine is preset to run at midnight when a system is shipped but you may assign a different time in the Configuration Record When it is time for the Midnight Routine to start the system cancels any other program The Background Routine runs when no other program is loaded in the overlay area The programs included in the Background Routine run in sequence repeatedly until the Midnight Routine runs or t
237. kly lit replace the card 2 software enable the card LD 32 ENLC 1 s c When the process is complete a system response is displayed STAT 1 s c Obtains the status of the card to ensure that the card is enabled kkk To exit the program 3 Optional Test the card LD 30 SHLF 1 s I s represents loop shelf number Note This command tests every card on the designated shelf If there is a problem an NWS system message is generated and the red LED s on the faceplate of the card remain lit If there is no problem exit LD 30 4 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT6D40 NT6D41 NT6D42 Power Supply DC This section describes how to replace the following DC power supplies NT6D40 PE Supply DC NT6D41 CE Power Supply DC NT6D42 Ringing Generator DC A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the power supply 1 Set the switch on the front of the power supply to OFF down 2 Unhook the locking devices on the power supply and pull it out of the card cage Installing a replacement power supply 1 Set the switch on the replacement power supply to OFF down Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 229 Replacing equipment On the replacement NT6D42 set option switches in the same manner as on the one t
238. l Loop Peripheral Buffer Cards 305 Ic 305 FOMOVING PT 305 downloading firmware sse 148 DROL prompt e eee tb ea terit rn teer ten 149 DTE DO ere pig dues 23 DTI Digital Trunk Interface 214 DTR Digitone Receiver Cards 244 jer re Pr 244 FO MOVING zese exer si b E RPERD OE a IU ERE uus 244 dual CPU systems sessesssseeenenenennne zi dual loop peripheral buffer card problems 79 Dual Port SDI paddle boards 253 darle EE 253 POMOVING ERR 253 E EandM Trunk Cards eee 83 244 loce 244 TOMOVING E 244 EMI shield terii reve EGe ra ED de cea c2 qud ds 214 enable disable switches eec 164 CESCHIDEO mH EET 164 JOCATION vvccssdsedivccsicuscccsssevnensaciaainaseasndoucdieeneannenvant 164 enabling circuit cards 0 0 0 ceeecceeeessteeeeeeesteeeeeseenaes 164 equipment replacement esses 29 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance ERR messages sse 147 ERR MNEMONIC 00ecccccceeseescececareesseceeeceaseeseesees 147 ERRM prompt hesseni an 147 Error Monitor program eee 147 Extraction Tool cccccccccessssseceeecesseeeeneeseeseseeeeeanes 160 F Fan Units ii sacttantacacatetarataissatavdataiaver
239. last card you inserted If the red LED on the controller card does not turn off when the IPE cards are unseated reinstall the cards and go to the next possible cause Defective cable Test all cables to the controller card If a defective cable is found replace it If there is no problem with the cables go to the next possible cause Defective backplane Replace the card cage assembly in the module 78 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Symptom Red LED lit on dual loop peripheral buffer card The red LED is lit on only one dual loop peripheral buffer card Red LEDs on IPE cards on the same shelf may be lit For information about switch settings see Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 It may be necessary to replace one of the following Dual loop Peripheral Buffer DLB card QPC659 or NT5K10 Existing Peripheral Equipment Power Supply EPEPS NT5K12 Cable between the Network Superloop card and the Enhanced Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card IPE card IPE card cage NT8D1303 or NT5K1106 Possible cause Action Defective QPC659M Test the shelf by entering DLB card LD 30 LOOP 1 s Is represents loop and shelf numbers If two loops are assigned to the shelf be sure to test both If a defective DLB card is indicated check the switch settings on the card If the switch settings are
240. lastic tabs are on the front of the filter See Figure 58 Pull tab locations on the air filter on page 296 b Gently push the filter into the pedestal slot until it seats fully in the back Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 295 Replacing equipment p E Plastic tab Plastic tab 553 3049 Figure 58 Pull tab locations on the air filter 4 To reinstall the pedestal grill a Fit the bottom of the grill into the holes on the bottom edge of the pedestal b Push the grill into a locked position against the pedestal c If there are captive screws on the grill tighten the screws QPC43 Peripheral Signaling Card Use this procedure to replace a peripheral signaling card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption Disabling or removing a peripheral signaling card from a network shelf disables all loops on that shelf Removing the Peripheral Signaling card 1 Check the status of the peripheral signaling card LD 32 STAT PER x Table 43 Peripheral signaling card numbers on page 297 lists peripheral signaling card numbers speci
241. le disconnect the orange connector from the module power harness 2 Remove the top cap a Remove air exhaust grills at the front and rear of the top cap Pull forward on the two clips underneath the front edge of each grill and lift up to remove the grill Top cap Air exhaust grill Air exhaust grill Clips Figure 42 Air exhaust grills in the top cap b Use a 5 16 socket wrench to remove the six bolts that secure the top cap and perforated panel See Figure 43 Top cap assembly on page 261 Lift off the top cap 260 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D46AM NT8D46DC Air Probe Harness Mounting bolts u0 Top cap Front of column Screw for LED bracket on perforated panel LED 553 3038 Figure 43 Top cap assembly 3 Remove the air probe harness a Remove the screw that secures the perforated panel at the LED mounting bracket b Slide the perforated panel slightly to the left looking at it from the rear of the column Lift the panel and turn it over c Pull the air probe out of the clip holder See Figure 44 Air probe harness on page 262 d Clip cable ties that secure the air probe wiring Be careful not to damage other wiring such as the thermostat harness Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 261 Replacing equipment Air probe To orange connector iring
242. le and reenable the superloop network card to initiate a superloop self test or execute the XNTT loop command If the test fails check network card the card status Check the status of the Fiber Superloop Network card LD 30 STAT loop where loop represents the loop number Check the display and take steps to resolve the problem indicated in the status report If an OVD message is received replace the superloop network card If the card is disabled enable it by executing the ENLL loop command If the response is UNEQ install the card correctly and observe self test Defective Perform the Fiber Peripheral Controller card self test controller card DSXP x where x represents the controller number If the test passed enable the card by executing ENXP x where x represents the controller number If the test failed check the maintenance display codes on the controller card and wait for an OVD message In the OVD message is received replace the card If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective IPE Reinsert the IPE cards one at a time Wait for an OVD message after card each card is inserted If the red LED lights when a card is inserted software disable the card and try to reenable it If it does not enable replace the card If an OVD message is received when one of the IPE cards is inserted replace that card If there is no OVD message as the cards are inserted go to the n
243. left A Danger Impellers in the blower unit do not stop instantly when the power is turned off Wait two full minutes before removing the unit 3 Loosen the two screws on the front of the blower unit by turning them counterclockwise 4 Grasp the lip at the top edge of the blower unit Slide the unit out of the glides and onto the bottom ledge of the pedestal Lift the unit out of the pedestal Store the blower unit in an upright position Installing the blower unit 1 Set the replacement blower unit on the bottom ledge of the pedestal 2 Tilt the back of the blower unit up slightly so that it slides into the pedestal glides It may be necessary to lift the unit Gently push the unit into position 3 Tighten the screws on the front of the unit 4 Turn on power to the blower unit With AC power set the circuit breaker to ON up With DC power set the toggle switch to ON right 264 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D53CA Power Distribution Unit AC Note On initial power up the blower may rotate slower than expected As the sensor detects heat the blower rotates more rapidly 5 Fit the grill into the holes in the bottom ledge of the pedestal Push the grill back into a locked position 6 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D53CA Power Distribution Unit AC
244. lephone does not work reconnect the original telephone and go to the next possible cause 102 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action Note If the telephone is a Meridian Modular Telephone enter LD 32 IDU 1 8 c u If there is no response replace the telephone If there is an appropriate response see Add on modules in Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for self test instructions Symptom Defective add on module The telephone can make and receive calls but an add on module connected to it is not working See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting telephones It may be necessary to replace one of the following add on module data option card power supply for add on module Possible cause Action Defective power If the add on module requires a separate power supply make sure it is supply for add properly connected and in working order on module If there is still a problem with the telephone go to the next possible cause Defective add Replace the add on module on module Defective data If the fault is with a data add on module replace the data option card option card Symptom Cannot dial from 2500 telephone A user cannot dial from a 2500 telep
245. ll Processor CP Card replacement in systems equipped with NT5D61 IODU C cards 7 data space parity 1 stop bit full duplex XOFF If using only one terminal or a switch box switch the connection from Core to Core as needed 2 The CP card being replaced must be in the inactive Core Check the status of the NT9D19 Call Processor cards LD 135 STAT CPU Determine which CP card is active If necessary switch Cores SCPU Switch Cores Exit LD 135 3 Set the NORM MAINT switch on the NT9D19 Call Processor card to MAINT on the active Core 4 Set the ENB DIS switch on all CNI cards on the inactive Core to DIS 5 Perform the following three steps on the inactive Core in an uninterrupted sequence a Press and hold down the MAN RST button on the CP card on the inactive Core b Set the NORM MAINT switch to MAINT c Release the MAN RST button The system is now in split mode where each Core is functioning independently and the automatic switchover has been disabled Installing the replacement CP card 1 Set the NORM MAINT switch to MAINT on the replacement card Insertthe Install Program diskette which corresponds with the NT9D19 68040 Call Processor card N Remove the current CP card and put it in a static bag and box Insert the CP replacement card into its vacated slot and hook the locking devices Press the MAN RST button on the replacement CP card At the Main Menu select u to go to the
246. llowing topics Attendant console faults on page 89 Fault clearing procedures on page 90 Attendant console faults Attendant consoles are the operator s interface to the system and its features Components that can cause an attendant console fault are the console itself or add on units the console power supply the building wiring the cross connect from the console to the line circuit the unit on the peripheral line card the peripheral line card the ringing generator e the peripheral controller card the peripheral module power the peripheral module backplane Attendant console faults typically affect only a single attendant However if more than one attendant console is affected look for the following connections among others they are on the same line card they are on the same module Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 89 Clearing attendant console faults they are on the same loop they are served by the same peripheral controller there is a problem with ringing or tones Use the following software programs to isolate attendant console faults LD 30 to test network loops LD 31 to test sets and consoles LD 32 to test peripheral controllers LD 45 to perform signaling tests manual continuity tests Fault clearing procedures Table 13 Console fault indicators on page 90 lists common attendant console fault indications Refer to How to clear
247. ls eeeeeeene 147 loading 22 2 riecccte rio cr ae sedon ee reas dene Ye doeet Feed 151 SBRE ioco etek ad oe iid edt i ees dete 26 static discharge ssssssseseeeee 158 Superloop Network cards ssessssss 246 FEMOVING Er 246 Superloop Network Cards ssessssss 246 Ice 246 TEIMOVING PRETER iienaa 246 SYS messages uere rd side ada YT eve a a Td E OR 214 CRI D T 151 178 line transfers ssseeesssseeeeernn 178 minimizing time required for 351 options E lOG Trenean a 151 System Loader program ssssuss 451 system initialization sssse 148 151 171 Initialize Program ccccsececcessseeeeeesesteeeeesensaes 148 mantal cose esci E EROR eU ON nae Ari options 610 81 sss 151 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance System Loader program 148 151 173 described mde it reta reor acera 151 Reload button and eeeeseseeeess 173 System initialization sesesssssessss 148 system messages 26 31 36 52 60 84 90 96 150 176 180 181 for attendant console faults 31 90 for common equipment faults 31 52 for network equipment faults
248. lumn LED 4 Reconnect power to the top cap a Connect the ribbon cable connector to connector J2 on the backplane Line up the alignment tab on the connector and snap on the pin headers to position the connector correctly See Figure 41 Aligning the thermostat harness connector on page 259 Alignment tab on backplane Key on cable connector I connector Side view of connectors 559 5885 Figure 41 Aligning the thermostat harness connector b Connect the orange connector to the module power harness c Replace the rear cover on the module 5 Reconnect the system monitor to the circuit breaker system Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 259 Replacing equipment a Push the system monitor into position and tighten the screws b Replace the grill on the pedestal 6 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D46AM NT8D46DC Air Probe Harness This section describes how to replace the air probe harness located in the top cap of each column A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the air probe harness 1 Disconnect the air probe harness plug a Remove the rear cover on the module below the top cap b Remove the I O safety panel over the backplane c At the top of the rear of the modu
249. ly the column LED lights and a system message is sent e If the input voltage is lower than the threshold the affected power supply shuts down and then recovers when the input level recovers To help pinpoint a power supply problem the master NT8D22 System Monitor identifies the following the column with the fault system monitor 0 63 the module 0 3 in that column the power supply unit 1 2 in the module Figure 21 Power equipment designations from the master NT8D22 System Monitor on page 181 shows the power equipment designations in a column 180 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System monitor indicators Module 3 Power unit 1 Module 2 Power unit 1 Power unit 2 Module 1 Power unit 1 Module 0 Power unit 1 Column 0 System monitor 0 Front of the column covers removed TET Figure 21 Power equipment designations from the master NT8D22 System Monitor Temperature alarms Each column is cooled by a blower unit NT8D52AB with AC power or NT8D52DD with DC power in the pedestal All of these systems are equipped with the NT8D22 System Monitor which performs the following functions e If there is a partial or complete failure in a blower unit the system monitor lights the column LED and generates a system message If the thermostats in a column report a temperature exceeding 70 degrees C 158 degre
250. m and package it for return to a repair center Table 43 Peripheral signaling card numbers Group shelf Peripheral signaling Loops disabled enabled card 0 00 11 0 012345678910 0 16 32 48 64 1531476379 1 12 02 1 1112131415 80 96 112 128 95111127 3 03 14 0 144 160 176 143 159 175 4 15 05 1 192 208 224 191 207 223 6 06 17 0 240 239 255 711 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 297 Replacing equipment QPC441 Three Port Extender Card This section describes how to replace a three port extender 3PE card To software disable the 3PE card disable the associated NT6D65 Core to Network Interface CNI Card Go to step 1 on page 298 Note In any Network Module before hardware disabling the 3PE card software disable the QPC4A3 Peripheral Signaling Card the QPC412 Intergroup Switch IGS Card and any SDI cards in the card cage Note If replacing the 3PE card in the Core Network before hardware disabling the 3PE card software disable the QPC471 or QPC775 Clock Controller Card on the same CPU Make sure the replacement card is QPC441 vintage F or later See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged
251. m message is generated If there is no problem exit LD 30 kk 10 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT9D19 68040 Call Processor CP Card replacement in systems equipped with NT5D61 IODU C cards This section describes how to replace an NT9D19 68040 Call Processor CP card in systems equipped with NT5D61 IODU C cards Note This procedure may also be used to replace a 64 MB NT9D19 CP card with a 96 MB NT9D19 CP card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpretation of system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption At some point in this procedure it is necessary to warm start the system causing a momentary interruption in call processing Removing the CP card 1 To access the Core during the replacement procedure connect a terminal to the J25 port on the I O panel in the Core Module or Core Network Module for the CP card being replaced To communicate with the processor use the following settings on the terminal 9600 baud 280 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT9D19 68040 Ca
252. m this Web site locate the Training link on the left hand navigation pane Getting help from a distributor or reseller If you purchased a service contract for your Avaya product from a distributor or authorized reseller contact the technical support staff for that distributor or reseller for assistance Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 15 Customer service Getting technical support from the Avaya Web site The easiest and most effective way to get technical support for Avaya products is from the Avaya Technical Support Web site at www avaya com support 16 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 3 Overview This document is a global document Contact your system supplier or your Avaya representative to verify that the hardware and software described are supported in your area Subject This document describes maintenance for Meridian 1 and Avaya Communication Server 1000M systems Note on legacy products and releases This document contains information about systems components and features that are compatible with Avaya Communication Server 1000 software For more information about legacy products and releases click the Documentation link under Support on the Avaya home page www avaya com Applicable systems This document applies to the following Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS
253. maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption Service is interrupted when a loop is disabled Removing the XMFR card 1 software disable the XMFR by entering 284 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NTBK51AA NTBK51CA Downloadable D Channel Daughterboard LD 32 DISS 1 s I s represents loop and shelf number 2 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the replacement XMFR card 1 Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices 2 software enable the loop on the card by entering ENLS 1 s 3 End the session in LD 32 by entering kck cx 4 Test the loop on the card by entering LD 30 LOOP 1 If there is a problem an NWS system message is displayed and the appropriate red LED is lit on the faceplate of the card 5 End the session in LD 30 by entering KkKK 6 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NTBK51AA NTBK51CA Downloadable D Channel Daughterboard This section describes how to replace the Downloadable D Channel Daughterboard
254. med on all system memory System features When the system receives a system reload signal the sysload occurs in two to five minutes depending on the size of the customer database During the sysload the system performs a core shelf test which includes self tests on the CP and the IOP part of the IOP CMDU The results of the self tests are displayed on the liquid crystal display LCD on the CP card the hex display on the IODU C card and the system terminal On the other core cards the LED blinks three times after a successful test The system typically performs an initialization in under 90 seconds Only the active core side can be manually initialized The overlays reside in dynamic random access memory DRAM after they are loaded from the hard disk during an initial software load software is shipped on redundant hard disks Because of they are always in resident memory the overlays can be loaded quickly The system can diagnose faults in field replaceable units for all core hardware including cables In case of a failure a message in a natural language such as English appears on the system terminal and on the Liquid Crystal Display LCD on the CP card Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 151 Software maintenance tools If there is a hardware fault the system attempts a recovery In the case of a redundant hardware failure under certain conditions the system attempts a graceful sw
255. ment d Remove the screw that secures the perforated panel at the LED mounting bracket e Slide the perforated panel slightly to the left looking at it from the rear of the column Lift the panel and turn it over f Clip all cable ties that secure the thermostat harness Be careful not to damage other wiring such as the air probe harness g Pull the LED through the rubber grommet at the front of the perforated panel h Remove the screws two each that secure the thermostats Remove the thermostats and wiring Pull forward on the two clips underneath the front edge of each grill and lift up to remove the grill i Use a 5 16 socket wrench to remove the six bolts that secure the top cap and perforated panel See Figure 36 Top cap assembly on page 256 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 257 Replacing equipment Lift off the top cap only See Figure 38 Thermostat harness on page 258 Toconnector J2 Thermostats Thermostat Perforated wiring panel bottom Grommet Iw LED 553 5884 Figure 38 Thermostat harness Installing the replacement thermostat harness 1 Install the replacement thermostat harness a Position the replacement thermostats and install the screws b Push the LED through the rubber grommet c Route the thermostat wiring on the perforated panel d Atthe rear edge of the panel route the wires with wiring for the air probe har
256. ment PDU 1 Install the replacement field wiring terminal block as follows a Position the replacement PDU next to the rear of the pedestal 234 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT7D10 Power Distribution Unit DC b Position the replacement field wiring terminal block and replace its mounting screws c Reconnect all wiring to the field wiring terminal block including any jumpers that are present on the terminal block that was removed d Reconnect the frame ground wire from the frame ground bolt inside the pedestal to the field wiring terminal block e Replace the cover over the field wiring terminal block Gently push the PDU into the pedestal Replace the screws on the PDU Note Be sure to push the unit straight back so that the connector on the rear seats properly with the connector for the blower unit Reconnect cables from module 0 to the PDU a Attach power plug J1 and the system monitor cable b Replace the I O safety panel on the module c Replace the rear cover on the module Reseat the blower unit a Lift the unit slightly and slide it into the pedestal glides Set the toggle switch to ON right b Tighten the screws on the front of the unit Insert the system monitor card into the PDU Tighten the screws on the card Reconnect cables to the system monitor faceplate Set all five circuit breakers on the PDU to OF
257. mments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures about switch settings see Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 It may be necessary to replace one of the following Cable between FDU and FDI card e Security Data cartridge QMM42 FDI card QPC742 FDU NT8D68 or NTND15 Possible cause Action Defective FDI card or Unseat the FDU and FDI cards and reinstall them Make sure the data cartridge cable between the FDU and FDI is securely connected In a dual CPU system check both FDI cards If the FDU does not recover continue with this procedure Check the FDI Make sure the data cartridge is securely attached Check switch settings if necessary correct the switch settings Try to enable the FDI try to software disable hardware disable and reenable If a program cannot be loaded or the FDI is still disabled replace it If necessary replace the data cartridge If the FDU is still not operating go to the next possible cause Defective FDU or Replace the FDU If itis still disabled replace the cable between the cable FDU and FDI Symptom IODU C not operating There may or may not be a lit LED on the front of the IODU C For more information about IODU C see Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Upgrades Overview NN43021 458 For information about switch settings see Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 It may be necessary to re
258. mmunication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 16 pbxLink connection failure detection and status reporting enhancement Contents This section contains information about the following topics for Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems Introduction on page 139 pbxLink connection failure detection on page 139 LD 117 STAT SERV on page 140 Introduction pbxLink connection failure detection and status reporting provide the following functionality The pbxLink connection failure detection provides a means of detecting the link status of Signaling Servers and Voice Gateway Media Cards An alarm is generated if the pbxLink is not detected after a warm or cold start of the Call Server The STAT SERV command in LD 117 displays the link status of the Signaling Server and Voice Gateway Media Cards that were configured to connect to the system The display also provides information about the applications running on the Signaling Server and Voice Gateway Media Cards pbxLink connection failure detection The Call Server monitors the pbxLink and maintains a list of all known registered elements Signaling Servers and Voice Gateway Media Cards When a Call Server is booted there is a 5 minute period to enable these known elements to re establish contact with the Call Server Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenan
259. mp problem must be corrected before proceeding Accessing the cores 1 To access the Core during the replacement procedure connect a terminal to the J25 port on the I O panel in the inactive Core Module or Core Network Module 2 To communicate with the processor you must use the following settings on the terminal 9600 baud 7 data space parity 1 stop bit full duplex XOFF 3 If using only one terminal or a switch box switch the connection from Core to Core as needed Splitting the Cores 1 Verify that the disk drives are synchronized LD 137 to load the program STAT to get the status of the disk drives 206 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D61 Input Output Disk Unit with CD ROM IODU C If the disks are synchronized proceed with 2 on page 207 If they are not synchronized execute the SYNC command SYNC Synchronize the drives cae Exit the program 2 Verify that the clock controller associated with the faulty IODU C is inactive If it is not switch clock controllers LD 60 Load the program SSCK Get the status of the clock controllers SWCK Switch clock controllers if necessary UN Exit the program 3 Verify that the IODU C card being replaced is on the inactive Core LD 135 Load the program STAT CPU Check CPU status TEST CPU Test the CPU If the IODU C card being replaced is on the inactive Core proceed wi
260. mptom Indicator or digit display not functioning properly 92 Symptom Operator cannot hear or be heard properly sri irsinin reniir 93 Chapter 12 Clearing telephone faults essere eeeeeeeeeenne nnne 95 or n HERE 95 I RU Te cee Sects ST TU NODE 95 EDIE en DECDSOUEEB c etaed tn iconii RU PH Lee RR dat POR dui Fob quee he Di mabt run Cp cR PERI dide o to DURS 96 Telephone cannot make or receive calls OVD message received sssssssssss 96 Telephone cannot make or receive calls no OVD message sse 98 Symptom One end cannot hear or be Neat uuo be a ae en e HERR an COR tx 99 Symptom Noise or low volume on ell esllau sue stir ilte rr tano rad e accen roba itda 100 Symptom Defective indicator digit display or component eene 101 Cy PONT Detective teala deua tertiis saco haan sa b n Festa aet eaadoll d adn eif d ne bcn dd 102 Symptom Detective add on module ues ec eme e be Dci cocinas dba ecu eden 103 Sympiom Cannot dial from 2900 Tele SMOG sii asaccacics de ecuisux e t opa ub cid ae xeu dici 103 Symptom Mo ring on 500 and 2500 Tele S ssiri iaeaea aara 104 Chapter 13 Clearing IP telephone faults eeceeeeeeeeeeere rennen 107 enirn se HT mm 107 HN Secun WIR BUCS ass osse pcr epi Pas orsa av e ara Rene 107 IP Phone regististon fauls related to DET LS uisdesees vtto p ptit e DUE prr dr bO EO d inb
261. ms esseee 95 no ring problems 500 or 2500 models 104 typical system messages 31 96 typical user reported problems 33 96 typical visual fault indicators 32 96 temperature high column 178 181 alarms generated by sssesesssess 181 line transfer Ssnan res anat ona para teas 178 terminals system sssssssssssseseneee 21 23 communicating with CPU esssesssss Bt option 610 81 guidelines ssssse 23 SDI port connection ssseessseseeee 22 152 164 March 2013 325 CIUCUIT CONG PERTERRITI 164 manual continuity esses 152 Thermostat Harnesses cccccessseseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeanees 255 Taci a e E 255 Ie E 255 thermostats 5 5 reet rh det ere ter ete pe HIVER EFL NAR 35 Tone Detector Cards ccccccceseseeeeeececececeeeeeeeeneeens 244 FEIMOVING re 244 TONE t sting ERES 26 TOP CAPS a 255 260 in Air Probe Harness replacement 260 in Thermostat Harness replacement 255 uidere m 244 Stal pes 244 Ie TIT 244 trunk faults ssec 31 33 83 86 callout callin problems 85 86 equipment overview eeeeeeen 83 list of symptoms
262. munication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 10 Clearing trunk faults Contents This section contains information on the following topics Trunk faults on page 83 Fault clearing procedures on page 84 Trunk faults Trunk cards provide the interface between the peripheral equipment buffer and various trunk facilities This chapter specifically considers two types of trunk cards E amp M trunk card provides four analog trunks each of which can be individually configured to operate as E amp M signaling trunk Two wire tie trunk Two wire tie trunk Type V BPO DC 5 trunk 2280 Hz tie trunk Four wire tie trunk Four wire tie trunk type V BPO Four wire tie trunk type C2 Earth off Idle Paging trunk Universal trunk card provides eight trunks each of which can be individually configured to operate as Central Office CO trunk Direct Inward Dialing DID trunk Two way tie Dial Repeating 2DR Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 83 Clearing trunk faults Two way tie Outgoing Automatic Incoming Dial OAID trunk Outgoing Automatic Number Identification OANI trunk Recorded Announcement RAN trunk Music trunk Paging trunk Direct Inward Dial Trunk Provides eight trunks The signaling supported depends on the country of operation and can include Direct
263. n Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 If the tests complete successfully the display continuously flashes If the card continually fails a test the code for that test is steadily displayed If the test fails replace the card If the test passes but the card is still disabled enable the card ENXP x X represents the controller number If the test fails go to the next possible cause Defective IPE card Unseat all the cards in the shelf associated with the controller card If the red LED on the controller card turns off the fault is in one of the unseated cards Reinsert the cards one at a time When the controller card LED turns on again replace the last card inserted If the red LED on the controller card does not turn off when the IPE cards are unseated reinstall the cards and go to the next possible cause Defective cable Test all cables to the controller card If a defective cable is found replace it If there is no problem with the cables go to the next possible cause Defective backplane Replace the card cage assembly in the module 76 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Symptom Red LED lit on Remote Carrier Interface card The red LED is lit on only one controller card Red LEDs on IPE cards on the same shelf may be lit It may be necessary
264. n Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and use this procedure to clear the problem High room temperature or a power surge can shut down the system If all columns in a multicolumn system are shut down check for these external conditions It may be necessary to replace one of the following Cooling Unit Filter Assembly P0699798 Air probe harness NT8D46AM System monitor cables Thermostat harness NT8D46AC Possible cause Action Short circuit or Look for signs of damage such as smoke burnt contacts or melted damage insulation that may be caused by a short circuit or misplaced equipment If a problem of this type is not found go to the next possible cause Thermal overload Make sure nothing is blocking ventilation throughout the system Allow the system to cool for a few minutes and then reset the breaker If the breaker trips immediately check the thermostat harness Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 43 Clearing power faults Possible cause Action Make sure the harness is securely connected to the module below it Use an ohmmeter to check the connector pins for the harness if there is an open circuit between pins 3 and 4 or between pins 5 and 6 replace the harness If the breakers do not trip immediately check the air filter e If the filter is dirty and undamaged clean the filter as described
265. n LEDs off DC power seeeeeese 40 Symptom Green LED off on module power supply DC power 41 Symptom Defective blower unit indicated DC power 42 Symptom Main circuit breaker and all column LEDs off AC power sesseeeese 43 Symptom Main circuit breaker on but all column LEDs off AC power seeesssess 44 Symptom Breaker olf em MPDU AC IBOWIBI occi inia rrr ck o a E o ei na Pot x Rind 45 Symptom Green LED off on module power supply AC power seseeeennenes 46 Symptom Defective blower unit indicated AC POWET ccccccecssesseceesseeeeeeeesneeeeeeseeeeaeeesseeaaeenss 48 CCO DON ar n emere MTM E 49 Chapter 7 Clearing common equipment faults cce 51 Gol met T 51 Common egutpiment NE os eet oa bre E b D e referer rr eer e C Caen D Na ner 51 PRUE Cee PN Pe OMA o oed cacterdic dpt te ER P ancien ban ducta pli des orbi o A E ep pud dats Dod RR 52 Symptom Fault indicated on a common equipment card sess 53 Symptom Floppy disk unit not operating icai oorr tpi Re pen rbn see EREU GE So Pix MOI nro Ut CDI So EPOR D Ro PUn DI aadi 54 STAID NAS ODU G BBOBSISHER seco RE EYERDR EE Rn KORR A a ERER GL RE ERER RR BOR IR US RR OR 55 Chapter 8 Clearing network equipment faults eee 59 Eni M T 59 fzitvon idee Du eM E II NN E T 59 Faul ckanng nsn E
266. n at the far end See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting telephones See Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 for information about system cabling To replace other equipment see Replacing equipment on page 187 It may be necessary to replace one of the following IPE card telephone handset Telephone Wiring to the telephone Possible cause Action Fault on other Check with the user to determine if the fault is present only on equipment certain types of calls such as on a paging trunk or a Tie trunk calls to a specific location calls to a specific telephone or other piece of equipment such as a modem or Fax machine If the fault occurs only with certain calls take the appropriate action If the fault occurs on all calls go to the next possible cause Defective Check the receiver or transmitter in the handset If one is defective handset replace the handset or if necessary the telephone Defective Disconnect the telephone from the jack Plug in another telephone of the telephone same type If the replacement telephone works replace the telephone that was removed If the replacement telephone does not work reconnect the original telephone and go to the next possible cause Note If the telephone is a Meridian Modular Telephone enter Communication Server
267. n column top cap Red LED lit on CE card of active CPU Maintenance displays QPC580 CPU Interface NT8D19 Memory Peripheral Signaling QPC584 Mass Storage Interface NT9D34 Enhanced Mass Storage Interface QPC742 Floppy Disk Interface NTNDO1 ICM card NTND10 CMA card NT6D66 NT9D19 NT5D10 Call Processor NT6D63 IOP card NT5D61 IODU C card User reports Major alarm reported by attendant A Warning Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area 52 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Symptom Fault indicated on a common equipment card The red LED is lit or the display is indicating a fault on a common equipment card The dual Core system is still operating but may be limited to one CP Make sure the normal maintenance switch on both Call Processor cards is set to Norm For information about switch settings for the applicable Core cards see Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 It may be necessary to replace one of the following CP card CP to CP cable NTND11 e IODU C card NT5D61 IOP card NT6D63 e CNI card NT6D65 3PE card QPC441 CBT card NT6D6003 cPCI Core Network Card Cage AC DC NT4N46AA Possible cause Action Defective serial I O Check each SDI port by entering ports LD 37 STAT TTY I
268. n detector Controller Network Network B Controller Controller 553 3008 March 2013 CS 1000 Software Logs Pattern generator and pattern detector Loopback point TEST5 Network SUDAGOOP De worn Gan Oo through backplane backplane TEST 6 GRAUIS E EN through controller card Controller TEST 7 Controller card through Cohtoli r Special special channel loopback channel TEST 8 Superloop network card Special through special channel loopback channel TEST 9 BRI continuity tests MISP card through DSL interface MISP og DSL MISP card through SILC or UILC bus i lt lt b interface MISP UILC Special loopback channels are used to verify the integrity of the continuity generators and detectors Run these tests first 553 3009 Figure 11 Manual continuity tests loopback configurations CS 1000 Software Logs The CS 1000 logging infrastructure is a collection of log files that are created and archived across multiple elements to develop a CS 1000 solution The logs provide various information related to specific events that occur during different operational states of the CS 1000 solution The collected informations in the logs include information related to the status of software and hardware user administrative activity security events operational messages and software debug messages The collected informations have many uses and can apply to many aspects of system man
269. n the two locking latches see Figure 22 Removing the pedestal grill on page 190 2 Simultaneously push the latches toward the center of the cover and pull the cover forward while lifting it away from the module A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 189 Replacing equipment Pedestal grills Follow the steps in Removing front and rear pedestal grills on page 190 to remove the front and rear grills on the pedestal Removing front and rear pedestal grills 1 Loosen the two captive screws that secure the grill 2 Pull the grill forward and lift it out of the base of the pedestal as shown in the following figure Captive screw Captive screw 553 3054 Figure 22 Removing the pedestal grill Removing UK air exhaust intake grills Use the following procedures to remove or replace the exhaust and intake grills on United Kingdom UK equipment Air exhaust grill The front and rear air exhaust grills are secured by Southco fasteners located underneath the front edge of the grill Use a 1 Phillips head screwdriver and turn the fasteners 1 4 turn to release or secure the grill as shown in the following figure 190 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT1P61 F
270. nced within this site or documentation provided by Avaya Avaya is not responsible for the accuracy of any information statement or content provided on these sites and does not necessarily endorse the products services or information described or offered within them Avaya does not guarantee that these links will work all the time and has no control over the availability of the linked pages Warranty Avaya provides a limited warranty on its hardware and Software Product s Refer to your sales agreement to establish the terms of the limited warranty In addition Avaya s standard warranty language as well as information regarding support for this Product while under warranty is available to Avaya customers and other parties through the Avaya Support website http support avaya com Please note that if you acquired the Product s from an authorized Avaya reseller outside of the United States and Canada the warranty is provided to you by said Avaya reseller and not by Avaya Software means computer programs in object code provided by Avaya or an Avaya Channel Partner whether as stand alone products or pre installed on hardware products and any upgrades updates bug fixes or modified versions Licenses THE SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS AVAILABLE ON THE AVAYA WEBSITE HTTP SUPPORT AVAYA COM LICENSEINFO ARE APPLICABLE TO ANYONE WHO DOWNLOADS USES AND OR INSTALLS AVAYA SOFTWARE PURCHASED FROM AVAYA INC ANY AVAYA AFFILIATE OR AN A
271. ndicators Indicator Type of fault Major alarm on attendant consoles Power Red LED lit on column top cap Green LED off on module power supply Circuit breaker tripped down Remote alarm Major alarm on attendant consoles Common equipment Red LED lit on CE card other than the CPU interface card on the non active CPU Minor alarm on an attendant console Network equipment Red LEDs lit or flashing on associated cards Red LED lit on associated card Peripheral equipment Red LED lit on trunk card Trunk Red LED lit on associated cards Attendant console Red LED lit on associated cards Telephone Maintenance display codes Maintenance displays are located on the faceplate of some circuit cards A maintenance display shows an alphanumeric code that can indicate the status of the system and aid in fault identification NT8DO1 XPEC cards display either alphanumeric or binary using individual 32 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault indicators LEDs Interpretations of the maintenance display codes are listed in Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 Each new code shown on a maintenance display overwrites the one before it However all codes received on common equipment displays are recorded Review the codes by printing the History File The most recent 16 codes displayed on an NT8D01 Controll
272. nected to the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net 0 3PE cards in Network shelves 1 are connected to the 3PE Termination Panel in Core Net 1 Table 40 cCNI Network group designations on page 274 specifies the default Network group assignments for each cCNI slot and port These designations can be changed in software if necessary Table 40 cCNI Network group designations CCNI card slot cCNI card port 3PE Termination Panel label Connected to Network group c9 0 N A factory installed directly to the 0 Core Net backplane c9 1 Port 9 1 1 c10 0 Port 10 0 2 c10 1 Port 10 1 3 c11 0 Port 11 0 4 c11 1 Port 11 1 5 c12 0 Port 12 0 6 c12 1 Port 12 1 7 CCNI to 3PE Termination Panel cable connections The cCNI slot and port connections are labeled on the 3PE Termination Panel See Figure 55 3PE Termination Panel Core Net module on page 275 Each SPE card is connected with two cables one to J3 and one to J4 Table 40 cCNI Network group designations on page 274 specifies the Network group that connects to each slot 274 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D3503 NT8D3507 Network Module Card Cage Notch for Slot 9 0 J3 and J4 direct connections to the Core Net backplane factory installed SLOT 12 0 SLOT 11 0 SLOT 12 0 SLOT 120 SLOT 12 0 SLOT 11 0 SLOT 11 0 J3 E 43 SLOT 121 SLOT 12 1
273. nel Core Net 0 NT8D76xx cable NT8D76xx cable 553 0492 Figure 56 Example of 3PE faceplate to 3PE Termination Panel connection NT8D3703 IPE Module Card Cage To replace a defective backplane in an NT8D37 IPE Module it is necessary to replace the card cage This section describes how to replace the IPE Module card cage See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 277 Replacing equipment A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the IPE Module card cage 1 Software disable the controller card and all cards connected to the controller LD 32 DSXP x x is the controller card number 2 Turn off power to the column or the module power supply and ringing generator if equipped With AC power set the main circuit breaker for the column to OFF down in the rear of the pedestal A Voltage DANGER OF ELECTRIC SHOCK Due to hazardous voltage in AC powered systems power to the entire column must be shut down This shuts down all functions in the column With DC power set the switch on the NT6D40 PE Power Supply and NT6D42 Ringing Generator to OFF down Set the cir
274. ness Secure loose wiring to the perforated panel with cable ties 2 Turn the perforated panel over Slide it slightly to the right at the rear of the column so it is in a secure position Position wiring from the perforated panel so it rests in the cable well next to the orange connector at the rear of the module See Figure 39 Routing the thermostat harness from the top cap on page 259 Position the perforated panel and install the screw that secures it at the LED mounting bracket a Slide the LED ring over the LED See Figure 40 Installing the column LED on page 259 The ring hangs loosely at this point b Gently push the LED forward completely through the collar on the LED mounting bracket c Push the LED ring into position over the back of the collar and tight against the LED mounting bracket 258 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D46AC Thermostat Harness Cable well Orange connector Top of module bs Bracket View at rear of module 553 5889 Figure 39 Routing the thermostat harness from the top cap 3 Install the top cap a Position the top cap and install the six bolts that secure the top cap and perforated panel b Install the air exhaust grills at the front and rear of the top cap LED LED Collar Collar ring back front 1 v Mounting bracket 553 5883 Figure 40 Installing the co
275. ng devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 305 Replacing equipment Installing the replacement DLB card 1 2 o oa RC Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement card Set option switches on the replacement card in the same manner as on the card that was removed If there is a vintage change refer to check Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for any differences Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Connect cables to the replacement card Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement card Software enable the replacement card by enabling the shelf ENLS 1 s When the process is complete a system response is displayed If there is no problem exit LD 32 kck Test each shelf LD 30 SHLF 1 s If there is a problem an NWS system message is generated and the appropriate red LED is lit on the faceplate of the card If there is no problem exit LD 30 KKK Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center QPC844 Serial Data Interface Card Use this procedure to replace an SDI card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and the Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpretin
276. nk but there is no overload OVD or other system message showing that the TN for this trunk is defective or is disabled It may be necessary to replace one of the following E amp M trunk card NT8D15 Universal trunk card NT8D14 e Central office trunk card QPC218 QPC219 QPC450 QPC470 Any other trunk card Conference TDS card NT8D17 DTR card NT8D16 Tone Detector card QPC422 Network DTR card NT8D18 Trunk equipment such as music source or paging equipment Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action Defective trunk Make sure the CO equipment or other trunk equipment is not defective equipment If there is no problem with this equipment go to the next possible cause Disabled or Test TNs on superloops by entering defective TN LD 30 UNTT 1 s c uwherelscu loop shelf card unit Test TNs on other loops by entering LD 45 TEST If the test fails replace the indicated item and test again Defective trunk card If the card is an E amp M or universal trunk card unseat and reinstall the card to initiate a self test If the test fails replace the card If the test passes go to the next possible cause Defective wiring At the main cross connect terminal disconnect the wiring to the CO or other trunk equipment Enable the TN and wait for an OVD messa
277. nor alarm requires attention but not necessarily immediate attention by the technician Aremote alarm may require attention by the technician Major alarms A major alarm indicates a fault that seriously interferes with call processing The following faults cause a major alarm CPU or control bus failure disk system failure when attempting to load the system system power failure without reserve power temperature fault excessive heat When there is a major alarm the red LED at the top of the affected column lights A major alarm also activates a display on all attendant consoles When a system is equipped with a power failure transfer unit a major alarm causes designated analog 500 2500 type telephones to connect directly to Central Office trunks this is called a line transfer Minor alarms A minor alarm indicates the system hardware or software has detected a fault requiring attention The following faults cause a minor alarm Automatic identification of outward dial AIOD trunk failure conference failure digitone receiver failure e memory failure more than one fault on different line and trunk cards in one shelf indicated on affected customer s console only network failure indicated on affected customer s console only Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 175 Hardware maintenance tools peripheral signaling failure serial data interfa
278. nsfer button on the attendant console is pressed this applies on a customer basis if a line transfer switch on the PFTU is turned on Note If position 4 on Switch 1 SW1 is setto OFF on a system monitor that system monitor s column does not activate a line transfer when the temperature is too high Figure 20 PFTU configurations on page 179 shows four ways multiple column systems and PFTUS can be configured connect all the columns in a system to a single PFTU connect each column to an individual PFTU combine connecting individual columns to individual PFTUs and multiple columns to a single PFTU attach additional PFTUs to a PFTU that is connected to one or multiple columns 178 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System monitor indicators PFTU PFTU PFTU PFTU we Lo Y at All columns to one PFTU One column to one PFTU PFTU PFTU PFTU M PFTU PFTU H PFTU M PFTU b ig N ad Tes u One column to one PFTU PFTU with additional PFTUs attached and multiple columns to one PFTU 553 3035 Figure 20 PFTU configurations Main power loss The system monitor receives status and control signals from the external power system The system monitor then generates system messages that indicate the status of
279. ntering 15 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT5K21AA Extended Multifrequency Compelled Sender Receiver Card This section describes how to replace a NT5K21AA card in an IPE Modules A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the NT5K21AA card 1 software disable the card LD 32 STAT 1 s c DIS 1 s c Isc loop shelf card NPRO11 is displayed on the system terminal when the card is disabled Busy channels are not disabled until the call is disconnected The LED is lit when the card becomes disabled 2 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing a replacement NT5K21AA card 1 Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices When IPE cards are installed the red LED on the faceplate remains lit for 2 to 5 seconds as a self test runs If the self test completes successfully the LED flashes 228 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT6D40 NT6D41 NT6D42 Power Supply DC three times and remains lit until the card is configured and enabled in software Then the LED turns off If the LED does not follow the pattern described or operates in any other manner such as continually flashing or remaining wea
280. o clear the problem Possible cause Action Short circuit or damage Look for signs of damage such as smoke burnt contacts or melted insulation that may be caused by a short circuit or misplaced equipment If a problem of this type is not found go to the next possible cause Defective module power supply single breaker Unseat the associated power supply and reset the breaker If the breaker does not trip replace the power supply If the breaker trips replace the MPDU Defective module power supply dual breaker If one circuit breaker is tripped on a dual MPDU Unseat the associated power supply See Figure 6 Dual circuit breaker and associated module power supplies on page 46 and then reset the breaker Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 45 Clearing power faults Possible cause Action If the breaker does not trip replace the power supply If the breaker trips replace the MPDU If both circuit breakers are tripped Unseat both power supplies and then reset the breakers If either breaker or both breakers trip replace the MPDU If the breakers do not trip set them to OFF down Reinsert one power supply and reset the associated breaker If the breaker trips replace that power supply If the breaker does not trip set the breaker to OFF and unseat that power supply Reinsert the other power supply and reset th
281. o port 0 of the 2 port SDI cable NTAK19EC attached to the MDF connector for the CP PM card slot Feature operation Backing up the customer configuration database Log on to the system Perform a data dump in LD 43 EDD When the data dump is successful exit LD 43 Type LD 143 A O N The system responds CCBR000 Important Review Steps 5 through 7 before you proceed If you do not complete these steps within approximately 5 minutes after you issue the XBK command the system times out 5 Type XBK The system responds with the following INFO total packets xxx number of retries 0 receive timeouts 0 system errors 0 unknown characters x transfer cancelled 0 packets received out of sequence 0 packets with corrupted sequence 0 packets failed checksum crc check 0 incomplete packets 0 duplicate packets O0 6 Enter a header name for the configuration data backup file and press Ret urn Enter up to 128 characters of text including spaces carriage returns and line feeds If you enter more than 128 characters the system exits text entry mode and responds with R 7 If you do not want to enter any text press Return 122 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Backup and restore The system responds with R gt indicating that it is ready to continue Important You must complete the next step wit
282. o the next possible cause Symptom Problems with transferring placing conference calls or Music on Hold Several users cannot transfer or place conference calls or calls do not receive Music on Hold A card that provides conference capability may be disabled It may be necessary to replace one of the following Conference TDS card NT8D17 PS card QPC43R 3PE card QPC441 Telephone keys Possible cause Action Defective If there are no messages indicating a fault on any conference loop test conference TDS each conference loop in the system by entering card LD 38 CNFC loop loop represents the conference loop number See Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 for other tests If the conference loop is disabled try to enable it by entering LD 38 ENLX loop loop represents the Conference loop which is the odd loop of the Conference TDS loop pair You must enable the card with the command ENLX Enabling the loops with the command ENLL does not enable the hardware If a fault is indicated on a conference loop replace the conference TDS card identified If no faults are detected on any conference loop go to the next possible cause 72 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures Possible cause Action Defective card One ata time replace the
283. ocking The NTNDO2 Misc SDI Peripheral Signaling Card combines the functionality of peripheral signaling and SDI cards as well as miscellaneous CPU functions Serial Data Interface SDI card provides the interface from the CPU to an input output I O device Network equipment faults can cause system initializations and disable conference capability or all terminal connections such as trunks and telephones on a loop Defective network equipment can make functional peripheral equipment seem faulty Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 59 Clearing network equipment faults Fault clearing procedures Manual continuity tests can be used to isolate superloop network card and IPE faults For a description of manual continuity tests see Software maintenance tools on page 147 See LD 45 in Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 for details on performing the tests Look up all system messages and maintenance display codes in the Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and follow the instructions given Continually observe and look up system messages while performing this procedure Replace equipment as described on Replacing equipment on page 187 Table 11 Common network fault indicators on page 60 lists common network equipment fault indications Refer to How to clear faults on page 29 for complete fault clearing process
284. off on module power supply 41 46 LEDs in Thermostat Harness replacement 255 Linie Cards ne nette de dre Dro LETRA YD 244 hc piein apis a A Aa 244 FEMOVING iessen ena a a aaa 244 LING Side Ti aicen eda cba x ve reve eva Ra ad 244 FEIMOVING tuae nuno xn eno ERRAR REX REF en LESER REB EAEG 244 line transfer seesssse 151 173 175 176 178 major alarms causing sscan nannaa 175 situations CAUSING ceeceeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 178 sysloads and th ttes 151 173 system monitor and sssssssssssss 176 LMAX command eese 150 loading software programs eeeesssss 150 Overlay Loader sse 150 Local Carrier Interface card seeeeeseses 240 removing replacing eeeeeeenn 240 ee dM e 189 login procedures ete hee i Ep 21 loopback tests ee 152 configurations oiueiai aai aatia aeiaai 152 CESCHD m 152 M malitelanee croce ira sein uda ci ee a ead aad evidens 183 TOUTING siis ceras verras obra ai E ia Pert ka agn 183 maintenance display codes 32 52 167 circuit cards faults indicated 167 described ER 167 display location eeeeeenee 167 for common equipment faults 32 52 for peripheral equipment faults
285. ogs for undetected problems Back up history logs to a remote storage site Update site logs as required by the site Apply all recommended patches to the system Review security policies change passwords and ensure that authorized personnel have the appropriate access level Map the location of all power transfer sets in the switch room Test all power transfer sets to verify that they function properly STAT the health of the entire system including both processors for all Redundant High Availability systems e e Switch CPUs if SCPU is not already part of the Daily Maintenance Routines DROL Switch the CPUs during a maintenance window defined by business needs It is critical to perform an Equipment Data Dump EDD to create a backup before you issue the SCPU command Ensure two 1FB type analog lines are available one line for voice communications and a second line connected to a core modem Test each line to verify that they function properly Semi annual preventative maintenance tasks Perform the following maintenance tasks on a semi annual or annual basis Test the backup power using a planned commercial power shut down Ensure the back up generators for the site function properly If you are using an AC system with an inverter ensure the system continues to operate Ensure all auxiliary equipment continues to operate including LANs modems and terminals If you are using a DC system test using a l
286. omatically Local and remote access A terminal or a modem must remain permanently connected to an SDI port in a network slot to provide a constant I O interface to the system Although only one device can communicate with the system at a time many devices can be installed at local and remote locations 22 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System terminal When a system terminal is installed locally it is connected directly to a Serial Data Interface SDI card located within a module When a system terminal is installed at a remote location modems or data sets and a telephone line are required between the terminal and the SDI card A Caution If a Hayes command set compatible smart modem is used at the system end select the following dumb mode of operation Command Recognition OFF Command Echo OFF before connecting the modem to the SDI port Refer to the modem instructions to configure the mode of operation If a printer is connected to an SDI port locally or remotely disable XON XOFF flow control so that no characters or signals are sent to the port to avoid a ping pong effect Figure 1 Local and remote access to a system terminal on page 24 shows typical system terminal configurations See Access through the system terminal on page 22 for the access procedure Refer to Large system terminal and modem guidelines on page 23 fo
287. on Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Replacing an NT7D10 PDU with an NT7D67CB PDU Guide the connector on the other end of the cable through the hole in the top of the pedestal and connect it to module 0 d Gently push the system monitor assembly into the pedestal 7 Tighten the screws that secure the system monitor assembly 8 Reconnect the cables from module 0 a Reconnect the large orange power connector J1 b Replace the I O safety panel c Replace the rear cover on the module 9 Reconnect all external wiring to the terminal block on the PDU See Figure 62 Field wiring terminals in the NT7D67CB PDU on page 313 a Remove the plastic safety cover over the terminal block b Connect the red BAT 48 V wires for modules 0 and 1 connect to the BAT 0 1 terminal for modules 2 and 3 connect to the BAT 2 3 terminal c Connect the black BATRTN 48 V return wires for modules 0 and 1 connect to the BATRTN 0 1 terminal for modules 2 and 3 connect to the BATRTN 2 3 terminal d Connectthe orange or white wire from the ground bus LRE in the power plant to the LRTN terminal o NT7D67CB BAT BAT BATRTN BATRTN 2 23 0 1 a 23 401 LATN it 1i t iy 553 5800 Figure 62 Field wiring terminals in the NT7D67CB PDU 10 Position the conduit attachment plate on the rear of the pedestal over the newly drilled holes and secure
288. on Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Replacing an NT7D10 PDU with an NT7D67CB PDU Note The conduit attachment plate provided in the NT7D0902 Rear Mount Conduit Kit must be installed as a safety cover and to restrain wiring to the terminal block 1 Drill two 234 in screw holes in the rear of the pedestal see Figure 60 Dimensions for drilling holes on the pedestal on page 311 The holes are used to install the conduit attachment plate 1 0 in Drill 234 in diameter through two places 75 in 553 5489 Figure 60 Dimensions for drilling holes on the pedestal 2 Place the NT7D67CB PDU next to the pedestal Figure 61 NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC on page 312 shows the PDU labeled FLTR PWR DIST UNIT ASSY on the equipment and the NT7D10CA System Monitor Power Supply Assembly labeled XSM PWR SUPPLY ASSY on the equipment Note The NT7DO9CA Pedestal has a brace that supports a leveling bracket on the rear of the PDU There is no room for the leveling bracket in the NT7DO9AA Pedestal so the bracket must be removed before the PDU is installed Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 311 Replacing equipment System monitor power supply assembly Q D NT7D10CA Q 3 J5 J6 4 Ex E Ej ees i f o 9 Qy A wrzos 2 Q T o OL O TIN e Qu
289. ormat on page 26 gives an example of the format for a system message Table 2 System message format System message Interpretation PWRO0014 PWR Generated by the system monitor Indicates power and temperature status or failures 0014 The system monitor failed a self test System messages generated from the Core Common Equipment Diagnostic LD 135 and the Core Input Output Diagnostic LD 137 include the interpretation and action required For example if a CPU test from LD 135 fails the message displayed is CCED200 CPU test failed Check the CP card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all Maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for the interpretation of all system messages Maintenance telephone A telephone functions as a maintenance telephone when the class of service is defined as Maintenance Set Allowed MTA in the Multiline Telephone Administration program LD 11 A maintenance telephone allows commands to be sent to the system through the following 26 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Maintenance telephone maintenance overlays LD 30 LD 32 LD 33 LD 34 LD 35 LD 36 LD 37 LD 38 LD 41 LD 42 LD 43 LD 45 LD 46 LD 60 LD 61 and LD 62 The Core Common Equipment Diagnostic LD 135 and Core I O Diagnostic LD 137
290. ow to clear faults on page 29 for complete fault clearing process Table 14 Telephone fault indicators Indicator Possible indications System messages BSD501 ERR500 MWL500 NWS501 OVD001 002 004 005 XMI messages Visual indicators Red LED lit on associated cards User reports Trouble with calls Trouble with equipment such as handset or add on module A Caution Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Telephone cannot make or receive calls OVD message received The telephone cannot make or receive calls There is an OVD message indicating that the TN for only this telephone are disabled See Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for information about connecting telephones See Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning 96 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures NN43021 310 for information about system cabling It may be necessary to replace one of the following IPE card telephone wiring between the cross connect terminal and the telephone Wiring between the IPE shelf and the telephone CE PE or IPE card cage NT8D1103 NT8D1303 NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective IPE software disable the TN indicated by the OVD me
291. ow voltage shut down or at a minimum test for calculated reserve power time Ensure all auxiliary equipment continues to operate including LANs modems and terminals Update system software to the current release to provide the latest features and updates Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 185 Routine maintenance 186 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 22 Replacing equipment Content list This section contains information on the following topics for Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems Replacing CP PM Signaling Server equipment on page 189 Removing module covers and pedestal grills on page 189 NT1P61 Fiber Superloop Network Card on page 191 NT1P62 Fiber Peripheral Controller Card on page 192 NT4N65 and NT4N66 cPCI Core Network Interface Cards on page 194 NT4N67 and NT4N68 System Utility cards on page 198 NT4N39 CP PIV Call Processor card on page 202 NT5D12AA Dual DTI PRI DDP card on page 203 NT5D61 Input Output Disk Unit with CD ROM IODU C on page 205 NT5D61 IODU C Security Device on page 211 NT5D2103 Core Network Card Cage on page 214 NT5KO09 Quad Digitone Receiver on page 223 NT5K10 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card on page 224 NT5K1106 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Card Cage on page 226 NT5K21AA Extended Multifrequency Compelled
292. ower at the source not at the PDU A Danger Before performing these procedures disconnect the power at the source simply turning off the circuit breakers does not shut off power to the system monitor 3 Remove the grill on the rear of the pedestal 4 Set all five circuit breakers on the PDU to OFF down Figure 59 NT7D10 Power Distribution Unit DC on page 309 shows the NT7D10 PDU in the rear of the pedestal System monitor mem mun A E7 Le Teen IE San A a Circuit breaker bank Ground lugs Field wiring terminal below PDU c Figure 59 NT7D10 Power Distribution Unit DC 5 Unseat the blower unit in the front of the pedestal a Remove the grill on the front of the pedestal Set the toggle switch on the front of the unit to OFF left b Turn the screws on the front of the unit counterclockwise and pull the unit out several inches so the connector on the rear disengages A Danger The unit is heavy and the blades on the blower may still be rotating up to two minutes after the power is turned off 6 Disconnect cables to the module above the pedestal module 0 a Remove the rear cover on the module Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 309 Replacing equipment b Remove the I O safety panel over the backplane in the module c Disconnect the system monitor ribbon cable from the PDU and from the modul
293. owing On the master system monitor column 0 disconnect the RJ11 cable to J3 and the cable to J6 Pull the system monitor out of the slot If the card cage being removed is in the column with a slave system monitor should be column 1 On the master system monitor column 0 disconnect the RJ11 cable to J3 and the cable to J6 Pull the system monitor out of the slot 7 On column 1 disconnect the cables and pull the system monitor out of the slot A Caution Service Interruption If the system monitors are not removed the system may shut down 8 Turn off power to the module a For AC power set the main circuit breaker for the column to OFF down in the rear of the pedestal A Voltage DANGER OF ELECTRIC SHOCK Due to hazardous voltage in AC powered systems power to the entire column must be shut down This shuts down all functions in the column including the network group in that column Relocate essential services from this group before proceeding b For DC power set the switch on the NT6D41 CE Power Supply to OFF down Set the circuit breaker for just this module to OFF down in the rear of the pedestal All other modules in the column retain power 9 Remove all cards from the module as follows a Tag and disconnect all cables to the front of the module Tape over the contacts to avoid grounding Tape or tie all cables to the sides so the working area in front of the card cage is totally clear
294. p Wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received replace the network card If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective DLB Unseat all cards on the IPE shelf except the DLB card if there are two card shelves on the loop disconnect the cable to connector LPY Reconnect the loop cable to the DLB card If an OVD message is received replace the DLB card and reinsert cards on the IPE shelf If there is no OVD message Check switch settings on the DLB card if necessary correct the switch settings If there are two shelves on the loop go to the next possible cause If there is one shelf on the loop go to Symptom Disabled peripheral equipment card on page 80 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 67 Clearing network equipment faults 68 Possible cause Action Defective DLB card on second Unseat all cards on the second shelf except the DLB card Reconnect the inter shelf cable to the DLB card and wait for an OVD message shelf if two If there is an OVD message replace the DLB card and reinsert cards on shelves areon the IPE shelf the loop If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective In Dual Loop Mode zm DEB Unseat 4 IPE cards pertaining to the defective loop or In Single Loop Mode Unseat 8 IPE cards pertaining to the defective loop Wait for the OVD message If
295. p when reset check the air probe harness Make sure the harness is securely connected to the module below Defective connection Make sure cables to connectors J5 and J6 are securely connected to system monitor to the system monitor in the column Check the system monitor connections to each module If the breakers trip with all cables connected replace the cables one at a time until the breakers stay on Symptom Circuit breakers on but all column LEDs off DC power All the LEDs in a column are off but the circuit breakers on the PDU are not tripped Use this procedure to clear the problem It may be necessary to replace one of the following 40 External rectifier PDU Possible cause Action DC wires not connected If the DC wires are disconnected connect them If the wires are already connected or if the column LEDs do not light when they are connected go to the next possible cause A Warning The following test is performed on a live power connection No power at DC source Make sure the rectifier is on and connected Make sure the rectifier is receiving power If there is no problem with the rectifier go to the next possible cause Defective power cable With a meter test the field wiring connections in the PDU for DC power If there is no power replace the cable If there is power at the connections go to the next possible cause Defective PDU
296. page WWwW avaya com Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 19 Overview 20 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 4 Communicating with the system Contents This section contains information on the following topics Overview on page 21 System terminal on page 21 Maintenance telephone on page 26 Overview Information can be exchanged through system terminals and maintenance telephones When equipment is replaced commands are often sent to the system software in order to disable faulty equipment and to enable and test newly installed equipment The Multi User Login feature allows more than one device to interact with the system See Avaya System Management Reference NN43001 600 for details about this feature System terminal Send maintenance commands and receive system messages by accessing the CPU through an RS 232 device such as a video display terminal VDT or teletypewriter TTY For most systems the CPU displays or prints only the message code For the interpretation of the code and any required action see Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 Access through the system terminal Access through a system terminal requires a login procedure All system passwords are initially set as 0000 but passwords can be changed in the Configuration Record LD 17
297. place one of the following e IODU C NT5D61 cPCI Core Network Card Cage AC DC NT4N46AA Possible cause Action Defective IODU C lit Unseat the IODU C and reinstall it If the IODU C does not LED recover continue with this procedure Try to restore the hard drive from disks Stat enable and test the CMDU part of the IODU C card Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 55 Clearing common equipment faults Possible cause Action LD 137 STAT CMDU x TEST CMDU x DIS CMDU X SYNC ENL CMDU X If the problem continues a CIOD system message appears and the LED lights on the faceplate If the program cannot be loaded replace the IODU C If you can load the program test the port you used for the system terminal If the port is okay test the cable to the system terminal f the cable is okay check the system terminal If the CMDU part of the IODU C is still faulty go to the next possible cause Defective IOP part of the Check the IOP part of the IODU C card ceca Reinstall the IODU C card test and enable the IOP part of the IODU C card LD 137 DIS IOP TEST IOP ENL IOP If the IODU C is still faulty go to the next possible cause Defective backplane Try to test the IODU C by entering connection to IODU C LD 137 TEST CMDU xwhere x the IODU C card number LED not lit 0 or 1 If the CMDU part of the IODU
298. placement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Note When IPE caras are installed the red LED on the faceplate remains lit for 2 to 5 seconds as a self test runs If the self test completes successfully the LED flashes three times and remains lit until the card is configured and enabled in software Then the LED goes out If the LED does not follow the pattern described Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 245 Replacing equipment or operates in any other manner such as continually flashing or remaining weakly lit replace the card 3 software enable the card ENLC 1 s c a When the process is complete a system response is displayed b Exit LD 32 kkkk 4 Test the card LD 30 SHLF 1 s This command tests every card on the designated shelf If there is a problem an NPR system message is generated and the red LED s on the faceplate of the card remains lit If there is no problem exit LD 30 kkkk 5 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D04 Superloop Network Card QPC414 Network Card This section describes how to replace a superloop network card or network card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A
299. power connectors MODULE 0 Main power connector to pedestal Rear of the column 553 3011 Figure 5 DC power cabling in rear of column Symptom Defective blower unit indicated DC power The blower unit circuit breaker breaker number 5 on the PDU is tripped and trips when reset A system message may be received indicating that there is a failure in the blower See PWR 42 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fault clearing procedures in the Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 and use this procedure to clear the problem It may be necessary to replace one of the following Pedestal Blower Unit DC NT8D52DD PDU Possible cause Action Blower unit switch Set the switch on the front of the blower unit to ON right Reset the turned off circuit breaker If the switch was already on or if the circuit breaker trips again go to the next possible cause Defective blower unit Replace the blower unit and set the circuit breaker to on If the breaker trips go to the next possible cause Defective PDU Replace the PDU Symptom Main circuit breaker and all column LEDs off AC power All the LEDs in a column are off and the main circuit breaker on the PDU is tripped Message PWR0004 may be received which indicates that the main circuit breaker for the column is tripped See PWR i
300. r 1000 systems November Standard 05 01 This document is up issued to support Avaya 2010 Communication Server 1000 Release 7 5 June 2010 Standard 04 01 This document is up issued to support Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 0 January Standard 03 02 This document is up issued to support Communication 2010 Server 1000 Release 6 0 March 2013 13 New in this release May 2009 Standard 03 01 This document is up issued to support Communication Server 1000 Release 6 0 October Standard 02 02 This document is up issued to support additions to 2008 technical content for release 5 5 to add a single slot FIJI NTRB33BBE5 replacement card December Standard 02 01 This document is up issued to support Communication 2007 Server 1000 Release 5 5 June 2007 Standard 01 02 This document is up issued to remove the Confidential statement May 2007 Standard 01 01 This document is issued to support Communication Server 1000 Release 5 0 This document contains information previously contained in the following legacy document now retired Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance 553 3021 500 February Standard 5 00 This document is up issued to reflect addition of content in 2007 response to CR Q01522450 January Standard 4 00 This document is up issued to reflect addition of content in 2007 response to CR Q01542507 August 2005 Standard 3 00 This document
301. r X CHG SNMP SYSCONTACT aa a Change the contact person name for this machine where aa a a string with a maximum length of 100 characters default System Contact To clear the field enter X CHG SNMP_SYSLOC aa a Change the defined physical location for this machine where aa a a string with a maximum length of 100 characters default System Location To clear the field enter X CHG SNMP_SYSNAME aa a Change the name assigned to this machine where aa a a string with a maximum length of 100 characters default Navigation Site Name Navigation System Name Hostname To clear the field enter X CHG SNMP_SYSNAME NAV Revert the name assigned to this machine to the default name The default name is comprised of the currently configured NAV SITE lt NAV_SYSTEM gt lt HOSTNAME gt CHG ADMIN COMM 7 aa a Change the admin groups community name string where n a number from 1 to 32 aa a a string with a maximum length of 32 characters Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 115 Simple Network Management Protocol Command Description Default 1 public Default 2 2 admingroup2 Default 3 admingroup3 These communities are used for accessing different SNMP objects on the Call Server Signaling Servers and Media Cards CHG SYSMGMT RD COMM aa a Change the system management read only community name string where aa a
302. r further information Large system terminal and modem guidelines Each Call Processor Card provides a Data Terminal Equipment DTE port at J21 and a data communication equipment DCE port at J25 on the Core and Core Network Module I O panel The designations DTE and DCE refer to the function of the port not the type of device that connects to the port Therefore a modem which is DCE connects to the DTE port at J21 and a terminal which is DTE connects to the DCE port at J25 The input output ports on the CP card CPSI ports are used to access the Core or Core Network Module which houses the card The CPSI ports are active only when the Core associated with the CP card is active Therefore the CPSI ports should not be used as the only I O connection for the system Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 23 Communicating with the system Large system Local access system terminal Remote access system terminal telephone line 553 3000 Figure 1 Local and remote access to a system terminal For correct operation terminals used with large systems must be set to 9600 baud 7 data space parity one stop bit full duplex XON Figure 2 Modem to a switch box and SDI and CPSI ports on page 25 shows the recommended configuration for remote maintenance monitoring the system In this configuration a switch box is normally set to the SDI port to remotely monitor general sy
303. rator to view the overall voice quality An SNMP alarm is generated when a voice quality metric threshold exceeds Warning or Unacceptable status For details on controlling the number of SNMP alarms generated refer to LD 117 Configure zone alarm notification levels on page 134 Figure 8 Voice quality monitoring flow diagram on page 130 illustrates PVQM within the Voice over IP VoIP system Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 129 Proactive Voice Quality Management Isolating Router Firewall ELAN subnet customer s amp enterprise A gt IP networl L Optivity Telephony Digital or Analog Manager telephones IP phones OTM Figure 8 Voice quality monitoring flow diagram Legend 1 IP Phones and endpoints are polled during a call and at the end of a call to extract voice quality statistics 2 Statistics for each metric are collected on the Signaling Server or Voice Gateway Media Card 3 Voice quality statistics are compared to threshold settings and a QDR is created 4 The QDR is forwarded to the Call Server for reporting purposes 5 An SNMP alarm is generated when voice quality metric exceeds the Warning or Unacceptable threshold Feature packaging Monitoring of all other voice quality metrics is available with base CS 1000 Release 5 5 software To enable monitoring of the R Value audio quality metric the Proactive Voice Quality Management PVQM packag
304. rce software distributed under third party agreements Third Party Components which contain terms regarding the rights to use certain portions of the Software Third Party Terms Information regarding distributed Linux OS source code for those Products that have distributed Linux OS source code and identifying the copyright holders of the Third Party Components and the Third Party Terms that apply is available in the Documentation or on Avaya s website at http support avaya com Copyright You agree to the Third Party Terms for any such Third Party Components Note to Service Provider The Product may use Third Party Components that have Third Party Terms that do not allow hosting and may need to be independently licensed for such purpose Preventing Toll Fraud Toll Fraud is the unauthorized use of your telecommunications system by an unauthorized party for example a person who is not a corporate employee agent subcontractor or is not working on your company s behalf Be aware that there can be a risk of Toll Fraud associated with your system and that if Toll Fraud occurs it can result in substantial additional charges for your telecommunications services Avaya Toll Fraud intervention If you suspect that you are being victimized by Toll Fraud and you need technical assistance or support call Technical Service Center Toll Fraud Intervention Hotline at 1 800 643 2353 for the United States and Canada
305. rch 2013 197 Replacing equipment Route the Termination Panel to 3PE card cables throught the Network Module Panel cCNI to Termination panel cables factory installed Termination Panel to 3PE card cables Figure 26 3PE Termination panel Install SDI Paddle Board o before connecting 3PE cables 553 9529 NT4N67 and NT4N68 System Utility cards This section describes how to replace NT4N67 cCPI System Utility Cards See Replace the NT4N67 cPCI System Utility SYS UTIL card on page 199 NTAN68 cCPI System Utility Transition Cards See Replace the NT4N68 cPCI System Utility Transition SYS UTILTRANS card on page 200 198 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT4N67 and NT4N68 System Utility cards Replacement procedures Replace the NT4N67 cPCI System Utility SYS UTIL card 1 Check that the Core containing the SYS UTIL card to be replaced is inactive a The LCD LED display panel across the top of the Core Net module core cards has two rows of LEDs If either of the LEDs top red or bottom green is on for any of the cards that side is in a test or idle state b If the Core containing the SYS UTIL is active switch cores in LD 135 LD 135 To load the program SCPU Switch Core if necessary In LD 135 split the CPU Cores SPLIT In LD 135 on the inactive CP software disable the SYS UTIL
306. rd level tests can also be forced through software commands When intelligent peripheral cards or network cards are installed the red LED on the faceplate remains lit for two to five seconds while a self test runs The time required for the self test depends on the type of card If the test is successful the LED flashes three times and remains lit until the card software is configured and enabled and then the LED goes out If the LED does not follow the pattern described or operates in any other manner such as continually flashing or remaining weakly lit the card should be replaced When Core common control cards are installed a self test runs If the self test is successful the LED flashes three times and goes out Enable disable switch Some cards a switch on the faceplate that enables or disables the hardware for that card If possible when removing a card disable the software then disable the hardware by setting the switch to DIS Hardware disable a card set the switch to DIS before installing it After the card is locked into position set the switch to ENB Then enable the card in software Disable and enable cards as described in the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 6 1 1 Figure 13 Sample enable disable switch on page 165 shows the typical location of an Enable Disable ENB DIS switch 164 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com
307. rds esses 205 Ie aeea aiaa 205 NT5K09 Quad Digitone Receiver 191 223 284 285 installiigr sor ren eR DR fente Res 223 285 FEMOVING IRR 223 284 NT5K10 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card IDLB 225 installing iei aa aia 225 FEMOVING P 224 NT5K1106 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Card Cage EE TAE O ATETEA 226 228 installlfigi aieiaa i aa 226 FEMOVING Ee ae aaan 226 228 NT5KZTAA cca 228 NT6D40 Power Supply DC sess 205 NT6D41 Power Supply DC suse 229 NT6D42 Power Supply DC suse 229 NT6D43 Power Supply DC sess 229 NT6D6003 Core Bus Terminator Cards 230 NT6D6008 Core Card Cages ssssss 214 INSTANING P EE 214 NT6D63 I O Processor Cards esee 230 FOMOVING Eorum 230 NT6D64 Core Multi Drive Units eeees 230 FOMOVING RET 230 NT6D65 Core to Network Interface Cards 230 stalling pe 230 NT6D66 Call Processor CP card ports 23 322 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance NT7D10 Power Distribution Unit DC 232 jail jare pec 232 KIM ENRIQUE 232 NT7D14 Power Supply AC 236 247 lari 247 IM EET EIL 236 NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC 236 308 STAINS o
308. re memory 13 Log on to the system through the terminal and check the status of the replacement CP card from the active side LD 135 Load LD 135 STAT CPU Obtain the CPU status 14 If there are CCED messages generated by the STAT CPU command on the replacement CP card set the NORM MAINT switch to MAINT Press the reload MAN RST button and set the NORM MAINT switch back to NORM It may take 2 to 4 minutes for memory synchronization to take place After the HWI0533 message is displayed test the replacement CP card from the active CPU Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 283 Replacing equipment 15 16 17 18 19 TEST CPU The test causes a cold start on the inactive CPU If the test results in CCED014 Test failed because unable to enter SPLIT mode On the active CP card set the NORM MAINT switch to NORM and from the active side enter TEST CPU Test the CP card Set the NORM MAINT switch to NORM on the active CP card if not already set Check the status of the CPUs STAT CPU Test the CPU TEST CPU Check the status of the CNIs STAT CNI Switch Cores and exit the program SCPU REER Exit LD 135 NTAG26 Extended Multifrequency receiver This section describes how to replace a defective NTAG26 Multifrequency Receiver Card XMFR in the IPE module See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all
309. rectly reconnect them later 11 Install the NT4N66 cCNI Transition cards cables and 3PE Termination panel as an assembly 12 Gently push the latches forward to set the card and lock it in place A Caution Damage to Equipment Never force the card into the slot It the card gets stuck remove it and try again 13 Place the 3PE Termination Panel into its mounting bracket 14 Install the four screws that fasten the 3PE Termination Panel to its mounting bracket 196 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT4N65 and NT4N66 cPCI Core Network Interface Cards 15 Use a small bladed screwdriver to replace the screws on the cCNI Transition cards 16 At the front of the module hardware enable the NT4N65 cCNI card set the faceplate switch to ENB 17 software enable the NTAN65 cCNI card LD 135 To load the program ENL CNI c s p Enable the cCNI card where c Core number 0 or 1 s Slot number 9 12 p Port number 0 1 This software enables both the cCNI card and its associated cCNI Transition card 3PE termination panel Y CCNI 3PE connection to Transition cards CCNI transition card and cables Slot 9 0 T factory installed factory installed alil E KK 1 1B E fm i d el el o s x cCNI slots 12 11 10 9 res Figure 25 Core Net backplane Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Ma
310. rence System Messages NN43001 712 Manual continuity tests Manual continuity tests can be performed on superloop network cards intelligent peripheral equipment and Basic Rate Interface BRI equipment A continuity test generates a signaling pattern at one point monitors its progress and checks for its detection at an end point For 152 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Interactive diagnostics example when a superloop network card sends a signal to a controller card the continuity test verifies the following the superloop network card sent the signal the loop carried the signal to the controller card e the controller card received the signal In a point to point continuity test a superloop network card or a controller card can generate or detect the test pattern In loopback tests one card a superloop network card a controller card or a multipurpose ISDN signaling processor MISP card is both the generator and the detector Only idle timeslots are tested in any of the continuity tests There are two types of loopback tests for BRI equipment In one type of test the pattern generated by the MISP card loops back through the digital subscriber loop DSL interface In the other type of test the pattern generated by the MISP card loops back through an S T interface line card SILC or a U interface line card UILC depending on which is spe
311. replacement ssessses 236 Circuit cards handling eeesssesessssss 158 clock controller CC Card ssssssssss 302 CMDU Core Multi Disk Unit seess 1 CMDU Core Multi Drive Unit esssss 230 FEIMOVING siais aaa ea 230 CNF system messages n 249 CNI Core Network Interface cards sss 5 CNI Core to Network Interface Cards 214 230 298 in 3PE Card replacement sssssse 298 in Core Module Card Cage replacement 214 h3cigepe E 230 CNIS Card EET 230 318 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance columns configuring PFTUS with 178 commands dnte aiite ri erede er e En 26 150 entering on maintenance telephones 26 LMAX V 150 common equipment faults 31 33 51 52 54 equipment overview seeese 51 floppy disk problem secese 54 list OF symptoms eerte etae 51 maintenance display codes locations for 2 52 procedures for clearing sssessss 52 typical fault indicators ssssssss 52 typical system messages 31 52 typical user reported problems 33 52 typical visual fault indicators
312. ridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 289 Replacing equipment LD 39 STAT RING Get status of ring on side x x O or 1 x 8 Test the replacement FIJI card TEST 360 Perform 360 test on FIJI card group x group 0 to 7 y side 0 xyz or 1 z time in 2 second intervals Repeat this test on the next FIJI card in the ring for a complete test 9 Reset the threshold for switchover functionality LD 39 RESET Reset the threshold for switchover functionality 10 Restore the ring LD 39 RSTR Restore ring 11 Enable auto recovery LD 39 ARCV ON Enable auto recovery operation for ring 12 Confirm ring is enabled and in Half Half state LD 39 STAT RING Get status of ring x 0 or 1 x Exit 13 Verify status of system clocks LD 60 SSCK x Get status of system clock where x 0 or 1 Exit Single Slot NTRB33BBE5 FIJI Card replacement The following procedure explains the steps necessary to replace an existing double slot NTRB33Ax FIJI pack with the new single slot NTRB33BBE5 FIJI The NTRB33BBE5 290 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Single Slot NTRB33BBE5 FIJI Card replacement completely replaces the existing FIJI functionality and provides new features and design enhancements 1 Check and confirm that clock status is good LD 60 SSCK x Get status of system clock wher
313. rn off the Mutual Authentication by using Element Manager Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 109 Clearing IP telephone faults 110 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 14 Simple Network Management Protocol Contents This section contains information about the following topics for Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems Introduction on page 111 Configuration on page 112 Supported MIBs on page 113 Configuration of system group MIB parameters on page 114 Traffic MIB on page 117 Community name strings on page 117 Test Alarm utility on page 118 EDT and EPT on page 119 Backup and restore on page 120 Introduction MIBs In typical IP network devices the operator requires a large amount of management information to properly run the device This information is kept on the system and can be made available to network management systems through Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP The information itself is kept on the device conceptually in a database referred to as a Management Information Base MIB The network management system can query the MIB Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 111 Simple Network Management Protocol through SNMP query commands called gets and in some cases can write
314. roblems and reducing network traffic Voice quality threshold alarms are examined for their severity relative to the alarm notification level settings If the voice quality threshold alarm severity exceeds the configured notification level it generates an SNMP alarm Otherwise it is suppressed Voice quality threshold alarm notification levels can be set on a zone by zone basis so that some bandwidth zones can be monitored for all alarms and other zones report only serious voice quality problems Alarm notification levels are defined in Table 29 Voice quality threshold alarm notification levels on page 134 Table 29 Voice quality threshold alarm notification levels Level Description Alarms 0 All voice quality alarms are suppressed None 1 Allow zone based Unacceptable alarms QOS0017 QOS0018 QOS0019 QOS0020 QOS0021 2 Allow all of the preceding PLUS zone All of the preceding PLUS QOS0012 based Warning alarms QOS0013 QOS0014 QOS0015 QOS0016 3 Allow all of the preceding PLUS per call All of the preceding PLUS QOS0007 Unacceptable alarms QOS0008 QOS0009 QOS0010 QOS0011 QOS0021 QOS0032 QOS0033 QOS0036 QOS0037 4 Allow all of the preceding PLUS per call All of the preceding PLUS QOS0001 Warning alarms QOS0002 QOS0003 QOS0005 QOS0006 QOS0018 QOS0019 QOS0022 QOS0023 QOS0024 QOS0025 QOS0026 QOS0027 To control the number of alarms generated by the system use the commands in Table 30 LD 117 Conf
315. rr ASSET 304 POGoo Dual Loop Pernpheral Buffer Cato E perm 305 mie a Senai Data literate Card orinni M 306 Replacing an NTZDTO PDU with an NTZDGTUB PDU uineis pete adeb anann ge cede bn taber reca 308 sri the replacement PDU e a aiT 310 DEDE EEEE T E N a ea A E EE E EE T T 315 Miekan Reena 317 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 11 12 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Chapter 1 New in this release The following section details what s new in this document for Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 6 Features Other changes There are no other changes There are no updates to the feature descriptions in this document Revision history Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Standard 06 01 This document is up issued to support Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 6 January Standard 05 04 This document is up issued to support Communication 2012 Server 1000 Release 7 5 December Standard 05 03 This document is up issued to support Communication 2011 Server 1000 Release 7 5 Support for NT8D01 XPEC LED binary display is added February Standard 05 02 This document is up issued to remove legacy feature and 2011 hardware content that is no longer applicable to or supported by Communication Serve
316. rs are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area A Caution Service Interruption Service is interrupted when a loop is disabled Removing the IDLB card 1 Software disable the Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer by entering LD 32 DISS 1 s I s represents loop and shelf number 2 Remove the Backplane access plate at the rear of the UEM by removing the screws on each side Set the plate aside 3 Tag and disconnect cables to the card being removed 4 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing a replacement IDLB card 1 Set option switches on the replacement card in same manner as on the card that was removed To check switch settings see Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 2 Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices 3 Connect cables to the replacement card 4 Position the backplane access plate Replace the screws 5 software enable each loop on the card by entering ENLS 1 s 6 End the session in LD 32 by entering 7 Test each loop on the card by entering LD 30 LOOP 1 If there is a problem the system issues an NWS message and the appropriate red LED lights on the faceplate of the card 8 End the session in LD 30 9 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center Communication Server 1000M and Mer
317. rts 4101 7301 LTPS that prevents communication on UDP 5101 on the firewalls Configure the node ports 4101 7301 5101 Node DTLS policy is DTLS policy to DTLS Best Effort or DTLS configure to DTLS Off Always Symptom DTLS handshake error bad server certificate Client IP XX XX XX XX A phone configured for switchover mode action byte 1 or Secure Handshake mode action byte 7 attempts to register with the LTPS prompts for node ID and TN displays Terminal Manager Connect and then Security Error The LTPS logs DTLS handshake error bad server certificate Client IP xx Xx Xx xx Possible cause Action The phone cannot validate the certificate of Ensure the trusted certificate list of the phone the server contains one of the certificates from the LTPS certificate signing chain For more information see Avaya Signaling Server IP 108 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com IP Phone registration faults related to DTLS Possible cause Action Line Applications Fundamentals NN43001 125 Mutual authentication is on and the server Ensure the trusted certificate list of the LTPS cannot validate the certificate of the phone contains one of the certificates from the IP Phone certificate signing chain For more information see Avaya Unified Communications Management Fundamentals NN43001 116 OR Tu
318. rts the self test Observe the red LED on the front panel during self test If it flashes three times and stays on it has passed the test Go to step 11 If it does not flash three times and stay on it has failed the test Pull the card partially out of the module and reinsert it firmly into the module If the problem persists troubleshoot or replace the Fiber Peripheral Controller card Connect the Fiber optic patchcords to the optical connectors of the Fiber Peripheral Controller card faceplate Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 193 Replacing equipment For a wall mounted Fiber Remote IPE plug the Fiber optic span FC PC optical connectors into the FC PC optical connectors on the Fiber Peripheral Controller card faceplate 11 At the prompt in the LD 32 program type ENXP x where x is the Fiber Peripheral Controller card and press the Enter key to enable the card If the uppermost red LED on the Fiber Peripheral Controller card faceplate turns off the card is functioning correctly and is enabled The self test result is also indicated by LD 32 on the MMI terminal connected to the Fiber Peripheral Controller card If the LED stays on replace the card 12 Tag the defective card s with a description of the problem and prepare them for shipment to the equipment supplier s repair depot NT4N65 and NT4N66 cPCI Core Network Interface Cards This section describes how to replace
319. s For programming information about the MSDL refer to Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 and Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 Note Device address 0 is commonly assigned to the System Monitor Double slot NTRB33AF FIJI Card replacement When removing a FIJI card disable the ring and set the Faceplate switch to disable before removing the FIJI card Removing the FIJI card 1 Verify the status of the system clocks Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 287 Replacing equipment LD 60 SSCK Get status of system clock x 0 or 1 Switch system clocks if it is necessary to ensure that the inactive clock is associated with the ring that includes the target FIJI card to be replaced LD 60 SSCK Switch system clock from active to standby RRA LE Obtain the status of both rings LD 39 STAT RiNG Obtain status of ring x 0 or 1 Normal response is Half Half x Exit 4 Query the alarm condition for all FIJI cards LD 39 STAT ALRM x y Query status of all alarms active and inactive for Flul FULL card in group x side y Exit 5 Disable auto recovery LD 39 ARCV OFF Disable auto recovery operation for ring 6 Switch call processing to ring with active clock LD 39 SWRG y Switch call processing to ring y 0 or 1 7 Obtain the status of both rings LD 39 STAT RING Get status of ring on side x x 0 or 1
320. s lit Table 41 DCH mode and address select switch settings Switch Description S3 switch setting 1 4 D Channel Daughterboard See Table 42 DDCH daughterboard address Address select switch settings on page 287 on Table 42 DDCH daughterboard address select switch settings on page 287 5 7 For future use off 8 External DCH or Onboard off MSDL or DCHI card DDCH on Onboard DDCH Daughterboard Installing the replacement DDCH 1 Unpack and inspect the DDCH daughterboard 2 Push the four stand offs on the DDCH daughterboard into the four corresponding mounting holes on the DDP The DDCH daughterboard mounts to mate correctly with P2 and P3 on the DDP motherboard 286 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Double slot NTRB33AF FIJI Card replacement Table 42 DDCH daughterboard address select switch settings Device Addr Switch Setting 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF 1 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 OFF ON OFF OFF 3 ON ON OFF OFF 4 OFF OFF ON OFF 5 ON OFF ON OFF 6 OFF ON ON OFF 7 ON ON ON OFF 8 OFF OFF OFF ON 9 ON OFF OFF ON 10 OFF ON OFF ON 11 ON ON OFF ON 12 OFF OFF ON ON 13 ON OFF ON ON 14 OFF ON ON ON 15 ON ON ON ON Note The maximum number of DCHI MSDL and DDCH devices in the system is 16 The Device Addresses are equivalent to the MSDL DNUM designation
321. s an enable disable switch before they are removed or inserted Return defective or heavily contaminated cards to a repair center Do not try to repair or clean them Data disks Follow the precautions below to avoid damaging disks Handle only the hard surface never touch the recording surface Keep disks away from strong magnetic fields Avoid exposing disks to extreme heat rapid changes in temperature or high humidity Store disks in a suitable container Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 159 Hardware replacement guidelines To install a disk make sure the arrow on the label is pointing up and the rounded corner is on the bottom on the right hand side A Caution Damage to Equipment The disk drive can be damaged if an upside down disk is forced into the slot If there is significant resistance when trying to insert a disk remove the disk and check the position System cable guidelines To disconnect a cable from the Core Network Module backplane use the P0741489 Extraction Tool provided in the rear of the module behind the I O safety panel A Caution Damage to Equipment Use the P0741489 Extraction Tool to disconnect cables from the backplane shrouds in the NT5D21 Core Network Module Follow the procedure below to avoid bending or breaking pins when removing cable connectors from the backplane shrouds Do not insert the extraction tool unless the cable conne
322. s and release the MAN RST button on the CP card in the new card cage 19 When SYS700 messages appear on the LCD display set the NORM MAINT switch to NORM Within 60 seconds the LCD displays the following messages confirming the process RUNNING ROM OS ENTERING CPU VOTE By the active CPU an HWI533 message from the CPSI or SDI port indicates the memory is shadowed Note At this point the other Core is still active and in split mode The Core in the new card cage is the standby inactive side The memories are shadowed synchronized but the hard disks are not synchronized redundancy is disabled Note A CNI port LED may remain lit if a network loop corresponding to that port is disabled 20 Set the NORM MAINT switch to NORM on the CP card in the active Core and perform a redundancy sanity test LD 135 STAT CNI Get the status of all configured CNIs STAT CPU Get the status of both Cores TEST CPU Test the inactive CP card and CP to CP cable TEST CNI c s Test each configured CNI on the inactive side Testing the CP and CNI cards can take 2 minutes or more for each test 21 Switch Cores and test the other side SCPU Switch to Core 0 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 221 Replacing equipment TEST CPU Test the inactive CP card and CP to CP cable 22 Get the status of the CP cards and memories and of the CNls STAT CPU STAT CNI kock c 23
323. s not enable replace the card If an OVD message is received when one of the IPE cards is inserted replace that card If there is no OVD message as the cards are inserted go to the next possible cause Defective cable To check the carrier span perform loopback test across the span Load LD 45 and execute the XCON 6 test with Local Carrier Interface card as the generator and detector with span looped at the Remote Carrier Interface card at the Carrier Remote IPE Check the test results and proceed accordingly If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Defective terminal equipment Check terminal equipment such as attendant consoles and telephones on the disabled loop If defective terminal equipment is found see the appropriate chapter such as Clearing attendant console faults on page 89 to fix the fault Defective Local Carrier Interface card Hardware disable and re enable the superloop network card to initiate a self test If the test fails replace the card If the test passes follow the procedure below Check the status of the Local Carrier Interface card LD 32 STAT sl where sl represents the loop number Check the display and take steps to resolve the problem indicated is the status report If an OVD message is received replace the superloop network card If the card is disabled enable it by executing the ENLL s1 command If the response is UNEQ install the card correctly
324. s to the module above the pedestal module 0 a Remove the rear cover on the module b Remove the I O safety panel over the backplane in the module c Disconnect the power plug J1 and system monitor ribbon cable to the module Note To disconnect the power plug press a latch trip on the front and rear of the plug It may be necessary to use a screwdriver blade against the latch trip on the front of the plug 7 Remove the six screws that position the PDU Carefully pull the unit straight forward out of the pedestal 266 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D53CA Power Distribution Unit AC Installing the replacement PDU 1 Set the main circuit breaker on the replacement PDU to OFF down 2 Position the replacement PDU and gently push it into the pedestal Note Push the unit straight back so that the connector on the rear seats properly with the blower unit connector It may be easier to position the PDU by temporarily pulling the blower unit out several inches 3 Reconnect cables to module 0 a Attach power plug J1 and the system monitor cable b Replace the I O safety panel c Replace the rear cover 4 Insert the system monitor Tighten the screws on the card Reconnect cables to the system monitor faceplate 5 Connect wiring to the right side of the field wiring terminal 6 Position the field wiring access plate over the three
325. scription of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages Follow the steps below to disconnect and remove the NT8D22 System Monitor A Caution CAUTION Be sure to follow the steps in this procedure in the order shown Removing the system monitor before disconnecting cables may result in loss of power and interruption of telephone service Removing the system monitor 1 Remove the grill on the rear of the pedestal Do not turn off the blower unit in the front of the pedestals 2 Load LD 37 and software disable the associated SDI port LD 37 DIS TTY x Disable the device associated with the port KKK Exit LD 37 3 Tag and disconnect cables to the system monitor Figure 34 NT8D22 System Monitor in an AC power pedestal on page 252 shows the location of the system monitor in the rear of an AC power pedestal Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 251 Replacing equipment System monitor Mounting screw Main circuit Power distribution breaker unit AC Mounting screws Figure 34 NT8D22 System Monitor in an AC power pedestal 4 If the card cage being removed is in the column with the master system monitor column 0 follow the steps below On the master system monitor column 0 disconnect the RJ11 cable to J3 and the cable to J6 Pull the system monitor out of the slot If the
326. se the command LMAX in Trunk Diagnostic 1 LD 36 to identify the trunk with the maximum idle days 150 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System features System Loader The System Loader program loads all call processing programs and data and starts memory checking diagnostics After all required programs and data are loaded and all checks performed the System Loader is erased from system memory the Initialize Program runs and normal call processing begins This process is called a sysload or system reload The System Loader operates automatically on system power up or if a common equipment or power fault destroys information in the system memory For maintenance purposes this program is generally activated only if call processing is stopped Start a sysload manually by pressing the reload Rld button on the following NT6D66 Call Processor Card simultaneously press both buttons A Caution During a sysload active calls are not disconnected and the system goes into an emergency line transfer state Activate the System Loader only if specifically instructed to do so by Avaya To minimize sysload time enable the Short Memory Test capability in LD 17 prompt SMEM If the test is enabled only one pass of memory testing is performed on a normal reload If any subsequent system failure causes an automatic reload the full six pass Memory Test is perfor
327. sks Customer Configuration Backup and Restore Communication Server 1000 Release 5 0 introduced the Customer Configuration Backup and Restore CCBR feature to the large system With this feature you can access the system onsite or remotely back up the customer configuration database to a remote PC or external storage restore or update the customer configuration database when the system is operating restore or update the customer configuration database when the system is not operating Equipment requirements You require the following equipment to use CCBR a computer that supports Xmodem communications protocol Ensure that your communications package complies with the protocol specifications in Avaya Communication Server 1000E Installation and Commissioning NN43041 310 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 121 Simple Network Management Protocol Not all Xmodem protocols are identical Some may not operate properly with the CCBR feature modems for remote access To access the system remotely connect a modem to a Serial Data Interface SDI port on the CP PM Call Server To access the system locally connect a computer directly to an SDI port on the CP PM card To access the system remotely connect a modem to port 0 of the 2 port SDI cable NTAK19EC attached to the MDF connector for the CP PM card slot To access the system locally connect a terminal directly t
328. ssage by entering card LD 32 DISU 1 s cu scu loop shelf card unit Disconnect the wiring between the IPE card and the cross connect terminal Reenable the TN by entering ENLU lscu and wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received indicating a problem with the card or unit replace the card If there is no OVD message indicating a problem with the card or unit reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective If the telephone is a Meridian Modular Telephone enter telephone LD 32 IDU 1s c u If there is no response replace the telephone If there is an appropriate response continue this procedure Disable the telephone TN Disconnect the wiring from the telephone to the jack Reenable the TN and wait for an OVD message If there is no OVD message replace the telephone If an OVD message is received reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective wiring Disable the TN Disconnect the wiring between the telephone and the cross connect terminal Reenable the TN and wait for an OVD message If there is no OVD message replace or repair the wiring between the telephone and the cross connect terminal If there is still a problem with the telephone reconnect all wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective Disable the TN Unseat the affected IPE card backplane Reenable the TN and wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received replace the card
329. stem operation The CPSI ports can be accessed for debugging and patch downloading through your Avaya representative See Large system terminal and modem connections in Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 for detailed information about configuring and connecting terminals and modems with large systems The A0377992 Black Box ABCDE Switch A0381391 UDS FastTalk modem and cables required for the configuration are available through Avaya 24 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System terminal RJ 11 Smart mode jack modem Terminal EEE ES Modem cable RS 232 or NT8D46 cable Remote end yo panel eet Public phone network NT8D95 cables X Network module J21 on J21 on I O panel I O panel Core Net 0 Core Net 1 NT8D95 Switch box cable RJ 11 jack Modem cable or NT8D46 NT8D95 cable SS Dumb mode modem Note The A0377992 switch box and A0381391 modem can be used in this configuration 553 5809 Figure 2 Modem to a switch box and SDI and CPSI ports Modems must meet the following required specifications to be compatible with the system Modems that meet the following recommended specifications must also meet the required specifications Required true not buffered 9600 baud support required for remote technical
330. t IP Module card cage 1 Slide the replacement card cage into position in the module Install the mounting screws at the front of the card cage 2 Replace the front cover plates on both sides of the card cage 3 Install the mounting screws at the rear of the card cage 4 Reconnect cables plugs and wires from the rear of the module to the backplane a Connect all cables from the interior of the I O assembly to the backplane b Connect all plugs wires and cables to the backplane c Position the I O safety panel Tighten the screws Return cards to their slots Reconnect all cables to faceplate connectors Reinstall the system monitor If this is the master system monitor reconnect the RJ11 cables after it is installed Turn on power to the column or the module power supply and ringing generator With AC power set the main circuit breaker in the pedestal to ON up With DC power set the breaker to ON up in the pedestal Set the switch to ON up on the power supply and the ringing generator in the module Software enable and test the controller card and all cards connected to the controller ENXP x X is the controller card number X kx Exit LD 32 Test the shelf by testing each loop Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 279 Replacing equipment LD 30 SHLF 1 s s are the loop and shelf numbers If there is a problem an NWS syste
331. t Output Diagnostic and Common Equipment Diagnostic are used as Midnight and Background Routines or for interactive diagnostics Non resident programs are loaded from the system disk and are run as scheduled or upon request Non resident programs are called overlay programs or loads They are identified by a title and a number preceded by the mnemonic for load for example Trunk Diagnostic LD 36 See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for detailed information about all diagnostic programs Error Monitor The Error Monitor is a resident program that continuously tracks call processing The Error Monitor generates system messages if it detects invalid or incorrectly formatted call processing information Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 147 Software maintenance tools System messages generated by the Error Monitor are preceded by the mnemonic ERR which usually indicates hardware faults or the mnemonic BUG which usually indicates software problems With prompt ERRM in the Configuration Record LD 17 you can instructthe system to print or not print ERR or BUG messages Refer to Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for help in interpreting system messages including ERR and BUG Health Check Tool A new Health Check HC tool is introduced to provide status information including a health rating score for different elements of th
332. t UnacpRFactor gt Change voice quality Unacceptable thresholds on a per call basis e lt UnacpuJitter gt 5 40 500 msec lt UnacpLatency gt 5 100 500 msec lt UnacpPacketLoss gt 5 70 250 in units 1 10 of a percent For example 10 means 196 lt UnacpRFactor gt 20 60 94 Changes to threshold values are not propagated to the Signaling Server or the Voice Gateway Media card until a data dump is performed CHG ZQWTH lt WarnJitter gt lt WarnLatency gt lt WarnPacketLoss gt lt WarnRFactor gt Change voice quality Warning thresholds on a zone basis lt WarnJitter gt 0 20 100 lt WarnLatency gt 0 20 100 132 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Feature implementation Command Description lt WarnPacketLoss gt 0 20 100 lt WarnRFactor gt 0 20 100 Changes to threshold values are not propagated to the Signaling Server or the Voice Gateway Media card until a data dump is performed CHG ZQUTH lt UnacpJitter gt lt UnacpLatency gt lt UnacpPacketLoss gt lt UnacpRFactor gt Change voice quality Unacceptable thresholds on a zone basis e lt Unacpuitter gt 0 2 100 lt UnacpLatency gt 0 2 100 e UnacpPacketLoss 0 2 100 lt UnacpRFactor gt 0 2 100 Changes to threshold values are not propagated to the Signaling Server or the Voice Gateway Media
333. t a time network card Wait for an OVD message after each card is inserted If an OVD message is received when one of the cards is inserted replace that card Reenable the PS card by entering LD 32 ENPS x If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause Symptom Peripheral signaling card disabled without OVD message The peripheral signaling card is disabled on one shelf The LED on its faceplate may be lit There is no overload OVD message indicating a fault with this card It may be necessary to replace one of the following Superloop network card or network card NT8D04 QPC414 PS card QPC43R Clock controller QPC471 D channel handler interface card QPC757 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 71 Clearing network equipment faults Possible cause Action Defective PS Unseat all network cards associated with the PS card card Try to enable the PS card by entering LD 32 ENPS x where x represents the PS card number If an OVD message is received at this point or the PS card cannot be enabled replace the card If the PS card is still disabled go to the next possible cause Defective Reinsert network cards one at a time network card If an OVD message is received when one of the cards is inserted or if the card is disabled replace that card Reenable the PS card by entering LD 32 ENPS x If the PS card is still disabled go t
334. t it out of the work area A Electrostatic alert The static discharge wrist strap located inside the cabinet must be worn before handling circuit cards Failure to wear the wrist strap can result in damage to the circuit cards Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 203 Replacing equipment Removing the DDP card 1 2 Determine the cabinet and shelf location of the DDP card to be removed Disable Network Loop by using LD 60 The command is DISL loop number The associated DCHI may to be disabled first The faceplate switch S1 should not be disabled until both PRI loops are disabled first If the DDP card is being completely removed not replaced remove data from memory See Avaya ISDN Primary Rate Interface Fundamentals NN43001 569 Remove cross connections at the MDF to the wall mounted cross connect terminal Tag and disconnect cables from the card Rearrange Clock Controller cables if required A Caution System Failure Do not route Clock Controller cables connecting the Clock Controller and DDP card through the center of the cabinet past the power harness Instead route them around the outside of the equipment shelves 7 In the other circuit of a DDP card is in use DO NOT remove the card 8 Remove the DDP card if both loops are disabled 9 Switch S1 faceplate switch must be in the OFF DIS position before removing the card Package and store
335. tage change refer to Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 to determine if there are any differences 3 Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Both red LEDs should flash three times and remain lit if the card is good 4 Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement card 5 Software enable the card ENLX loop This prompt is available in LD 34 LD 38 and LD 46 Use the appropriate loop number see 1 on page 249 in Removing the conference TDS card on page 249 Enable the card with the command ENLX Enabling the loops with the command ENLL does not enable the card 6 Test each loop on the card when each test completes enter a Test TDS capability LD 34 H DS loop loop is an even loop number b Test Conference capability LD 38 CNFC loop loop is an odd loop number c Test MFS capability LD 46 MFS loop loop is an even loop number 250 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D22 System Monitor If there is a problem a TDS CNF or MFS system message is generated and the appropriate red LED is lit on the card faceplate 7 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D22 System Monitor This section describes how to replace the system monitor See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a de
336. te maintenance monitoring equipment configuration esssssssssseeeee 23 removing 191 192 223 224 226 228 246 249 284 Conference TDS cards see 249 Network Cards eeeeeee 246 NT1P61 Fibre Superloop Network card 191 NT1P62 Fibre Peripheral Controller card 192 NT5KO09 Quad Digitone Receiver 223 284 NT5K10 Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card IDLB 224 NT5K1106 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Card GEI EETA AN ETET EN 226 228 Superloop Network cards usss 246 removing replacing eeeeeseeeeeeee 240 241 Local Carrier Interface card 240 Remote Carrier Interface card 241 replacing seseseseeseeee 164 183 191 192 battery pack sorserien oaae E 183 GITCUIDCATGS iioe rid rg are rci vida rn eo ru rx eda 164 enable disable switch 164 NT1P61 Fibre Superloop Network cards 191 NT1P62 Fibre Peripheral Controller card 192 resident diagnostic software programs 147 Resident Trunk Diagnostic program 150 ringing generator seeesse 25 Ringing Generators essssseeesssess 229 247 March 2013 DO n E E PO 229 ROM read only memory cards
337. tem Utility card and its associated cCPI System Utility Transition card 13 In LD 135 on the active CP rejoin the two CP PII cards JOIN Replace the NT4N68 cPCI System Utility Transition SYS UTILTRANS card To replace a System Utility Transition Card software and hardware disable the NT4N67 System Utility card associated with the NT4N68 System Utility Transition Card Disable the System Utility card from the inactive core 1 Check that the Core containing the SYS UTIL TRANS card to be replaced is inactive a The LCD LED display panel across the top of the Core Net module core cards has two rows of LEDs If either of the LEDs top red or bottom green is on for any of the cards that side is in a test or idle state b If the Core containing the SYS UTIL TRANS card is active make the other Core active LD 135 To load the program SCPU Switch Core if necessary 2 In LD 135 split the CPU Cores SPLIT 3 In LD 135 on the inactive CP software disable the SYS UTIL card DIS SUTL c 15 Disable the SYS UTIL card where c Core number 0 or 1 This software disables both the cCPI System Utility card and its associated cCPI System Utility Transition card 4 At the front of the module hardware disable the NT4N67 SYS UTIL card set the faceplate switch to DIS 200 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT4N67 and NT4N68 System Utility cards
338. tem Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com QPC471 QPC775 NTRB53 CLOCK CONTROLLER CARD Make sure the card being removed is disabled and the other clock controller card is active and in free run mode SSCK x TRCK FRUN Disable the clock controller card being removed DIS CC x X is the card number 0 or 1 3 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the card being removed A Caution Service Interruption To avoid interrupting service set ENB DIS switches to DIS before disconnecting or connecting cables 4 Tag and disconnect cables to the card being removed 5 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the CC card 1 Set the ENB DIS switch to DIS on the replacement card 2 Set option switches on the replacement card If there is a vintage change be sure to check Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for any differences Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Connect cables to the replacement card Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement card Software enable the card o c fF Cc ENL CC x Note With a vintage H clock controller card do not issue the tracking TRCK or status SSCK commands at this time If these commands are used the system may respond with an inaccurate error condition In a single CPU system complete the replacement procedure by exiting LD 60 kckc In
339. test Go to step 8 If it does not flash three times and stay on it has failed the test Pull the card partially out of the module and reinsert it firmly into the module If the problem persists troubleshoot or replace the Remote Carrier Interface card At the prompt in the LD 32 program type ENXP x where x is the Remote Carrier Interface card number and press the Enter key to enable the card If the upper most red LED on the Remote Carrier Interface card faceplate turns off the card is functioning correctly and is enabled Self test results are also indicated by LD 32 on the MMI terminal connected to the Remote Carrier Interface card If the LED stays on replace the card Tag the defective card s with a description of the problem and prepare them for shipment to the equipment suppliers repair depot NT8D01 Controller Card This section describes how to replace a controller card 242 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D01 Controller Card See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the controller card 1 Turn off power
340. th step 5 on page 207 If the IODU C being replaced is not on the inactive Core swap Cores and verify again SCPU to swap CPUs STAT CPU to check CPU status 4 Verify that the faulty IODU C card is inactive It may be necessary to switch IODU Cs LD 137 STAT Get the status of IODU C SWAP Switch IODU Cs if necessary 5 Set the MAINT NORM switch on the CP card to MAINT on the active Core 6 Set the ENB DIS switch on all CNI cards to DIS on the inactive Core 7 Perform the following three steps in uninterrupted sequence a Press and hold the MAN RST button on the CP card in the inactive Core b Set the MAINT NORM switch on the CP card in the inactive Core to MAINT Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 207 Replacing equipment c Release the MAN RST button Replacing the IODU C card in a redundant system 1 Set the ENB DIS switch on the faulty IODU C card to DIS 2 Unhook the locking devices and remove the IODU C card 3 Remove the round 1 2 diameter IODU C Security Device from the black round Security Device holder on the top right corner of the IODU C card being replaced 4 Put the IODU C card being replaced into a static bag and box 5 With the logo facing upward slide the Security Device between the security device holder and the holder clip in the new IODU C card Do not bend the clip more than necessary when inserting the Security Device Ensure that the Secur
341. the DDP card and cables Installing the DDP card 1 Set the option switches on the DDP circuit card before installation See Table 2 below where bold font indicates factory settings Table 39 DDP general purpose switch settings Switch Description S9 S15 Switch Setting 1 Framing mode off ESF on SF 2 Yellow alarm method off FDL on Digit2 3 Zero code suppression mode off B8ZS on AMI 4 Unused off 204 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D61 Input Output Disk Unit with CD ROM IODU C SW1 faceplate switch must be off DIS when installing the DDP SW1 on the DDP corresponds to the faceplate switch on the QPC414 Network card 2 Run and connect the DDP cables A Caution System Failure Do not route Clock Controller cables connecting the Clock Controller and DDP card through the center of the cabinet past the power harness Instead route them around the outside of the equipment shelves 3 Enable faceplate switch S1 This is the Loop Enable switch The faceplate LEDs light for four seconds and go out The OOS DIS and ACT LEDs light again and stay lit If DDCH is installed the DCH LED flashes 3 times 4 Run the PRI DTI Verification Test Refer to Avaya ISDN Primary Rate Interface Maintenance NN43001 71 7 5 Run PRI status check Refer to the Avaya ISDN Primary Rate Interface Maintenance
342. the active CPU and replacing the card cage of the standby CPU See Avaya Software Input Output Maintenance NN43001 711 for a description of all maintenance commands and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 for interpreting system messages A Danger Module covers are not hinged do not let go of the cover Lift the cover away from the module and set it out of the work area Removing the card cage 1 To access the Cores during the replacement procedure connect a terminal to the J25 port on the I O panel in the rear of each Core Network Module Use the following settings on the terminal 9600 baud 7 data space parity 1 stop bit full duplex XON If using only one terminal or a switch box switch the connection from Core to Core as needed 2 The Call Processor CP Card must be inactive in the card cage being replaced a Check the status of the CP cards LD 135 Load the program STAT CPU Determine which CP card is active If necessary switch Cores 214 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5D2103 Core Network Card Cage SCPU Switch Cores kx Exit LD 135 b Set the NORM MAINT switch to MAINT on the now active CP card c Connect the terminal to the port on the inactive Core 3 Setthe NORM MAINT switch to MAINT on the CP card in the card cage that is being replaced the inactive Core Wait
343. the identity of the system such as system name system location and system contact By default a set of variables is defined for the system group MIB but they are also configurable in LD 117 as shown in Table 17 LD 117 Configure system group MIB parameters on page 115 Both the standard MIB read only community name string and the enterprise specific MIB community name strings public admingroup2 and admingroup3 are defined by default However they can also be configured in LD 117 The system group MIB parameters and the community name strings are configured on the Call Server and synchronized to the Signaling Server and the Media Cards when a data dump is 114 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Configuration of system group MIB parameters performed As well they are synchronized when a link is established between a Signaling Server or Media Card and the Call Server Table 17 LD 117 Configure system group MIB parameters Command Description CHG NAV SITE aa a Change the navigation site name for example MyCity where aa a a string with maximum length of 32 characters default Navigation Site Name To clear the field enter X CHG NAV SYSTEM aa a Change the navigation site name for example Station Switch where aa a a string with a maximum length of 32 characters default Navigation Site Name To clear the field ente
344. the next possible cause Defective PDU Replace the PDU Candeo power systems Candeo power systems are based upon modular building blocks rectifiers System Manager DC distribution and battery connection modules and designed to power 48 V DC applications There are two types of Candeo systems Large Candeo which uses 50 A rectifiers and has a capacity of 1000 A and Small Candeo SP48300 which uses 30 A rectifiers and has a capacity of 300 A The Candeo interfaces with the system through the Candeo s System Manager alarm output ports The Large Candeo System Manager produces a Major Alarm for the following faults High voltage shut down HVSD High voltage HV Battery on discharge BOD Low voltage LV Low voltage disconnect LVD Alarm busy supply ABSF Internal fuse alarm INT FA Fuse alarm FA Rectifier fail alarm RFA The Small Candeo SP48300 System Manager produces a Major Alarm for the following faults Battery fuse alarm High battery temperature High voltage shutdown HVSD Main AC fail Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 49 Clearing power faults Rectifier fail major RFA major Low voltage disconnect LVD High voltage HV Fuse alarm FA Priority low voltage disconnect AC input over voltage Rectifier AC fail Remote shutdown System Manager SP fail Configuration fail Battery on discharge
345. the small opening toward the front of the pedestal The leveling bracket supports the back of the PDU 2 Install the NT7D10CA system monitor assembly a Connect the small orange connectors J2 on the PDU P2 on the system monitor assembly on the left side of the PDU b Connect the flat white connector to the small circuit board P1 on the PDU J1 on the system monitor assembly on the right side of the PDU c Guide the connector on the free end of the system monitor ribbon cable from J2 up through the hole in the top of the pedestal and connect it to module 0 d Install and tighten the two vertical screws that attach the L bracket to the PDU e Gently push the system monitor assembly into the pedestal 3 Tighten the screws that secure the PDU and the system monitor assembly 4 Reconnect the remaining cables from module 0 as follows a Reconnect the large orange power connector J1 b Replace the I O safety panel c Replace the rear cover to the module 5 Reconnect all external wiring to the field wiring terminal block on the PDU as follows Note All wiring to the PDU must be routed within the cable tie saddles and under the cable restraint bar at the base of the pedestal a Remove the plastic safety cover over the terminal block b Connect the red BAT 48 V wires to the terminal block e for modules 0 and 1 connect to the BAT 0 1 terminal for modules 2 and 3 connect to the BAT 2 3 terminal The s
346. the time the pbxLink last attempted to establish a connection if the pbxLink failed to establish enabled applications Application information If an active link to an element is established the Call Server obtains information about the applications running on the element Table 33 Queried information in STAT SERV on page 141 lists the applications and describes the information obtained about those applications Table 33 Queried information in STAT SERV Application element Information provided LTPS application number of registered IP Phone number of busy IP Phones VTRK application number of registered VTRKs number of busy VTRKs Voice Gateway Media number of registered Voice Gateway Media Cards Cards number of busy Voice Gateway Media Cards Signaling Servers and time that the element established its link with the Call Server Voice Gateway Media elements that failed to register or lost their link Cards The following example illustrates LD 117 STAT SERV output Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 141 pbxLink connection failure detection and status reporting enhancement 142 Commands STAT SERV XXXX NX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX SRV APPS HOSTNAME NODE_ID Response NODE HOSTNAME ID STATE ELANIP LDR SRV APPS PBXL INK PBXLINK PBXLINK TIME CONNECTID DATE 5 06 2003 909 vxTarget 47 11 216 126 YES SMC LTPS LINK UP 22 51 06 0x
347. there is no OVD message go to the defective IPE card If an OVD message is received remove the backplane access plate at the back of the EEPE shelf and replace the Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card Reinsert the IPE cards on the shelf Replace the backplane access plate Defective IPE card Reinsert the IPE cards one at a time If there are two shelves on the loop follow this and subsequent procedures one at a time for each shelf Wait for an OVD message after each card is inserted If the LED lights when a card is inserted software disable the card and try to re enable it If it does not enable replace the card If an OVD message is received when one of the IPE cards is inserted replace that card If there is no OVD message as the cards are re inserted go to the next possible cause Defective cable between network and DLB cards For the EEPE shelf only remove the backplane access plate at the back of the module Disconnect the loop cable at the DLB card Reconnect the cable s to the network card and wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received replace the cable If there is no OVD message go to the next possible cause For the EEPE shelf only replace the backplane access plate Defective cable between shelves if two shelves are on Disconnect the inter shelf cable to connector LPX on the second shelf DLB card Reconnect the cable to connector LPY on the first shelf DLB card and wait for
348. to replace one of the following Remote Carrier Interface card NT7R52 PE card IPE card cage NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective Remote Carrier Interface card Perform the Remote Carrier Interface card self test by removing and reinstalling the card Observe the self test The maintenance display on the card shows the code for each test running see HEX in Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 lf the tests complete successfully the display continuously flashes f the card continually fails a test the code for that test is steadily displayed If the test fails replace the card If the test passes but the card is still disabled enable the card ENLL sl sl represents the card number If the test fails go to the next possible cause Defective IPE card Unseat all the cards in the shelf associated with the controller card If the red LED on the controller card turns off the fault is in one of the unseated cards Reinsert the cards one at a time When the controller card LED turns on again replace the last card inserted If the red LED on the controller card does not turn off when the IPE cards are unseated reinstall the cards and go to the next possible cause Defective cable Test all cables to the controller card If you find a defective cable replace it If there is no problem with the cables go to the next possible cause
349. to the defective loop Wait for the OVD message If there is no OVD message go to the defective IPE card If an OVD message is received remove the backplane access plate at the back of the EEPE shelf and replace the Dual Loop Peripheral Buffer Card Reinsert the IPE cards on the shelf Replace the backplane access plate Defective IPE card Reinsert the IPE cards one at a time If there are two shelves on the loop follow this and subsequent procedures one at a time for each shelf If the LED lights when a card is inserted software disable the card and try to re enable it If it does not enable replace the card If an OVD message is received when one of the IPE cards is inserted replace that card If no LEDs light and there is no OVD message as the cards are re inserted go to the next possible cause Defective cable between network and DLB cards For EEPE shelf only remove the backplane access plate at the rear of the module Disconnect the loop cable at the DLB card Reconnect the cable s to the network card If an OVD message is received at this point replace the cable If there is no OVD message and the loops do not enable go to the next possible cause For EEPE shelf only remove the backplane access plate at the rear of the module Defective cable between shelves if two shelves on the loop Disconnect the inter shelf cable to connector LPX on the second shelf DLB card Reconnect the cabl
350. to the module With AC power set the associated circuit breaker on the module power supply MPDU to OFF down Note If there are two circuit breakers on the MPDU the top one is associated with the module power supply the bottom one with the ringing generator With DC power set the switch on the module power supply to OFF down 2 software disable the controller card and all cards connected to the controller LD 32 DSXP x x is the controller card number 3 Unhook the locking devices on the card and pull the card out of the card cage Installing the replacement controller card 1 Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices 2 Turn on power to the module For AC power set the associated circuit breaker on the MPDU to ON up For DC power set the switch on the module power supply to ON up 3 Watch the controller card as it runs a series of self tests During the tests the maintenance display on the card shows the code for each test running see HEX in the Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 If the tests complete successfully the display begins normal operation If the card continuously fails a test the code for that test is displayed When IPE cards are installed the red LED on the faceplate remains lit for 2 to 5 seconds as a self test runs If the self test completes successfully the LED flashes three times and remains lit
351. ts received multicast packets received incoming packets discarded and outgoing packets discarded Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 135 Proactive Voice Quality Management Ethernet statistics The administrator can view Ethernet statistics for example number of collisions VLAN ID speed and duplex for the IP Phone on a particular endpoint The exact statistics depend on what is available from the IP Phone for the specific endpoint UNISTIM RUDP statistics The administrator can view RUDP statistics for example number of messages sent received retries resets and uptime for the IP Phones Real time Transport Protocol statistics The administrator can view RTP RTCP QoS metrics for example packet loss jitter and so on while a call is in progress DHCP The administrator can view DHCP settings for example IP address S1 S2 and S4 addresses for each IP Phone For detailed information about network diagnostic utilities refer to Avaya IP Phones Fundamentals NN43001 368 Heterogeneous environments In a heterogeneous environment with a mixture of Avaya equipment and third party equipment voice quality monitoring detection and alarming are performed only on IP endpoints that have voice quality monitoring capabilities For information about IP endpoints and their voice quality capabilities in the system refer to Table 32 IP Endpoint and voice quality capa
352. tton associated with the active CPU starts the Initialize Program The Initialize Program clears common equipment faults rebuilds call dependent data and generates system messages indicating the status of the system This process is called an initialization Call processing is briefly interrupted during an initialization Manual initialize buttons are located on the following cards The initialize button is on the NT6D66 Call Processor Card Normal maintenance switch There is a normal maintenance Norm Maint switch on the Call Processor Card Figure 17 Norm Maint switch on the Call Processor Card on page 172 shows the location of the switch on the Call Processor Card In dual CPU systems use this switch as follows to keep the dual Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 171 Hardware maintenance tools CPUS from switching or trying to switch when testing or replacing common equipment hardware on the inactive CPU On the CPU that is not being tested or replaced set the switch to Maint This CPU is active On the CPU that is being tested or replaced set the switch to Norm This CPU remains inactive as long as the other CPU is set to Maint For regular operation in dual CPU systems set both normal maintenance switches to Norm Manual initialize button Normal maintenance switch Figure 17 Norm Maint switch on the Call Processor Card 172 Communication Server 1000M and
353. ve the Backplane access plate by removing the screws on each side See Figure 28 EEPE access plates rear view on page 227 Set the panel aside b Remove all cards from the back of the UEM c Tag and disconnect cables to all faceplate connectors d Tag cards so they can be returned to the same slot Remove cards 226 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT5K1106 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Card Cage e Tag and disconnect all cables from the backplane to the interior of the I O assembly f Tag and disconnect all plugs wires and cables to the backplane Remove the two mounting screws that secure the back of the card cage to the UEM assembly Remove the front cover plates on both sides of the card cage backplane p power plug access plate P access plate 553 7377 Figure 28 EEPE access plates rear view Remove the three mounting screws that secure the front of the card cage to the bottom of the UEM assembly Pull the card cage out of the UEM Slide the replacement card cage into position in the UEM leaving approximately 3 clearance between the card cage and the backplane Reconnect cables plugs and wires from the UEM to the backplane as follows a Connect all cables from the interior of the I O assembly to the backplane b Position the backplane access plate Replace the screws c Connect all plugs wires
354. ver 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 125 Simple Network Management Protocol 126 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 15 Proactive Voice Quality Management Contents This section contains information about the following topics for Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems Introduction on page 128 How voice quality monitoring works on page 129 Feature packaging on page 130 Feature implementation on page 131 LD 117 Print zone QoS IP statistics on page 131 LD 117 Configure voice quality metric thresholds on page 132 LD 117 Print voice quality metric thresholds on page 133 LD 117 Configure voice quality sampling polling on page 133 LD 117 Configure zone alarm notification levels on page 134 LD 117 Print zone alarm notification levels on page 135 Diagnosing and isolating voice quality problems on page 135 Heterogeneous environments on page 136 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 127 Proactive Voice Quality Management Introduction Proactive Voice Quality Management PVQM includes Monitoring of voice quality metrics for example latency jitter packet loss and R Value for the IP Phone and voice gateway endpoints Threshold configuration for example Warning and Unacceptable of voic
355. ver 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 9 NT4N65 and NT4N66 cPCI Core Network Interface Cards essen 194 gi sre MiB procedas UTR 194 APNG and NTAN6GG System LIUC eae eH POHR B ERI OM Gotb MAE Dev QU EFI DUE EPI QURE FEPU IE HEREDI dM pA S A 198 a rme p Duc M 199 REEL Re PNV Call PRO rcc eem 202 NTSUTZAA Dual DTUPRIIDDPIBSI S i ien ve rosca RR FPE Er C PEE E PEOR pa e FEE vi on p deis 203 NTSD61 Input Ouiput Disk Unit wiih CD ROM CIODAUNG iie csi duxere ttn eo diat Pene dle ue ai 205 LREGESOMIUEISS EET TIPP c 211 xw ME MN eg eC CAU NO D oo EE 211 NTaD2103 Core Netwoark Card CAGO enrii diae ute cae rra DM eL Ix EN EL cH decet RR 214 NTOKOS Guad Dita eC n 223 NTSK10 Dual Loop Peripheral Bufer CBE cissscccscissineccdersamsiotommmssnteatnrraceamnans nnar OSNA ei 224 Installing a replacement IDLIS Oad oiriin a actors cedaudenduasiseushtdccsucsend sckanduedeacies 225 NT5K1106 Enhanced Peripheral Equipment Card Cage c ccssccsscecscceseeceeecteneeeseneeneeeeenesneeseeeeenenees 226 NT5K21AA Extended Multifrequency Compelled Sender Receiver Card esses 228 NIBDAID RIBDAST NTOGD42 Power Supply D urne dteitrer epit PHEVEdU UE EFI ER SPA CORE Pedi tal E toda p a tdv aed 229 NT6D65 and NTRB34 Core to Network Interface Cards eese 230 NZD Power De rian Umi EO m odseiebertondetr
356. ver fails the test replace it If the digitone receiver passes the test go to the next possible cause Defective Test Tone and Digit Switch loops by entering conference TD LD 34 TDS loop S card loop represents the loop number If the conference loop is disabled try to enable it by entering March 2013 Clearing network equipment faults Possible cause Action ENLX loop where loop represents the TDS MFS loop which is the even loop of the Conference TDS loop pair You must enable the card with the command ENLX Enabling the loops with the command ENLL does not enable the hardware If a fault is indicated on a conference loop replace the conference TDS card identified If no faults are detected on any conference loop go to the next possible cause Excessive traffic Additional digitone receivers or conference TDS cards may be required in the system to handle the traffic in the system See Traffic Measurement Formats and Outputs Reference NN43001 750 74 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 9 Clearing peripheral equipment faults Contents This section contains information on the following topics Peripheral equipment faults on page 75 Fault clearing procedures on page 75 Peripheral equipment faults Intelligent Peripheral Equipment IPE provides the interface betweesn network equipment s
357. ware disable the cCNI card Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 195 Replacing equipment 3 DIS CNI c s p Disable the cCNI card where c Core number 0 or 1 s Slot number 9 12 p Port number 0 1 This software disables both the cCNI card and its associated cCNI Transition card At the front of the module hardware disable the NT4N65 cCNI card Set the faceplate switch to DIS At the back of the module use a small bladed screwdriver to remove the screws located on the top and bottom of the cCNI Transition cards Be careful not to drop the screws into the Pedestal Refer to Figure 25 Core Net backplane on page 197 Note cCNI Transition card replacement is more effective when all the cards are removed as a group the card changed and the card group replaced Remove the four screws that fasten the 3PE Termination Panel to its mounting bracket Refer to Figure 26 SPE Termination panel on page 198 7 Move the 3PE Termination Panel carefully to the left and out of its mounting bracket 8 Press the card faceplate latches and unseat each card The cables are part of the NT4N66 cCNI Transition card assembly 9 Remove the NT4N66 cCNI Transition cards cables and 3PE Termination panel as an assembly 10 Disconnect the cCNI Transition Card cable s to be replaced from the 3PE Termination panel If removing more than one cable label the cables to cor
358. wer supply Wait at least 5 minutes and then pull the power supply out of the card cage A Voltage DANGER OF ELECTRIC SHOCK Power must discharge Wait five full minutes before removing the power supply from the module power supply Ringing generator Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Figure 33 Dual circuit breaker and associated module power supplies Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com NT8D17 Conference TDS Card Installing the replacement power supply 1 Insert the replacement power supply into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Note If there is a switch on the power supply set the switch to OFF down before inserting the power supply Note On areplacement NT8D21 set option strapping the same as on the one that was removed If there is a vintage change be sure to refer to Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for any differences 2 Turn on power to the module power supply The green LED on the power supply lights and stays lit If there is an MPDU set the circuit breaker s to ON up If there is no MPDU set the power supply switch to ON up 3 Tag defective equipment with a description of the problem and package it for return to a repair center NT8D17 Conference TDS Card The conference TDS card provides conference functions on one loop and both tone and di
359. where wire enters the pedestal may enough excess length or enough slack wire may exist in the conduit path from the power plant to allow pulling a sufficient amount through to the pedestal Figure 62 Field wiring terminals in the NT7D67CB PDU on page 313 shows the location on the NT7D67CB PDU to which wiring must extend If existing wiring does not reach replace the entire wire run from the power plant Do not splice short pieces of wire onto the end of existing wiring Note If a QCAD321 or an NT6D53 junction box is installed on the power feed to the console the wiring from the power plant may to be altered as follows If five 4 AWG wires are run from the power plant to the junction box two BAT two RTN and one LRTN then the junction box must not be used The junction box must be removed and the entire wire run from the power plant 308 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Replacing an NT7D10 PDU with an NT7D67CB PDU to the pedestal must be replaced Do not splice short pieces of wire onto the end of existing wiring If nine 4 AWG wires are run from the power plant to the junction box four BAT four RTN and one LRTN then the junction box can be used However the 4410 AWG wires from the junction box to the pedestal may to be replaced to provide sufficient length Do not splice short pieces of wire onto the end of existing wiring 2 Disconnect DC p
360. witching and terminal equipment such as trunks telephones data sets and attendant consoles Peripheral equipment faults can disable network and terminal equipment For fault clearing purposes the general term peripheral equipment includes intelligent peripheral equipment IPE When there are differences IPE is specified A Caution NT6D71 fuse replacement F1 through F16 For continued protection against risk of fire replace the fuse only with a fuse of the same type and rating 125 V 1 0 A Fault clearing procedures The following table lists common peripheral equipment fault indications many other system messages may be generated Refer to How to clear faults on page 29 for complete fault clearing process Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 75 Clearing peripheral equipment faults Symptom Red LED lit on Fiber Peripheral Controller card The red LED is lit on the controller card Red LEDs on IPE cards on the same shelf may be lit It may be necessary to replace one of the following Fiber Peripheral Controller card NT1P62 IPE card IPE card cage NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective Fiber Perform the Fiber controller card self test by executing the DSXP peripheral controller x command for LD 32 to disable the card card Execute the XPCT x command to initiate self test The maintenance display on the card shows the code for each test running see HEX i
361. ws the flow of messages from NT8D22 System Monitors to the system terminal Serial data System interface terminal SDI Fault sources to master system monitor CPU fault Serial data Master Main power loss interface system Power supply failure monitor Temperature alarms 1st slave Fault sources to slave system system monitor monitor CPU fault Main power loss Power supply failure Last slave Temperature alarms system monitor 553 3007 Figure 19 NT8D22 System Monitor message flow If there is a fault the system monitor lights the LED on the affected column Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 177 Hardware maintenance tools Line transfer Optionally connect one or more power failure transfer units PFTUs to the system Each PFTU connects up to eight designated analog 500 2500 type telephones to Central Office trunks If call processing stops those analog 500 2500 type telephones are transferred through the PFTU to the Central Office so that outside connections are still available A line transfer occurs during the following situations during a sysload system reload if there is a major power failure in a DC powered system as detected by the TRIP signal if call processing stops because of a CPU failure if there is a loss of power to the column if there is a loss of power to the PFTU if the temperature in a column is too high if a line tra
362. x A ION Safety cover the Jo o 2 field terminal block Q BLO CB cB le is behind the cover L Lo il V Circuit Circuit breakers 1 breakers Filter Power distribution unit assembly Figure 61 NT7D67CB Power Distribution Unit DC 3 Remove the two screws that secure the leveling bracket on the rear of the PDU 4 Reinstall the screws to hold the rear cover on the PDU in place A Danger Support the PDU as far into the pedestal as possible without letting it drop to the bottom of the pedestal but watch your hands It becomes more difficult to support the PDU the further into the pedestal it is inserted The PDU is held in its proper position only when the mounting screws on its faceplate are tightened 5 Install the NT7D67CB PDU a Connect the green frame ground wire from the PDU to the frame ground bolt inside the pedestal b Guide the power cable connector through the hole in the top of the pedestal Set the PDU in the pedestal and tighten the three screws that secure it to the pedestal 6 Install the NT7D10CA system monitor assembly a Connect the small orange connectors J2 on the PDU P2 on the system monitor assembly on the left side of the PDU b Connect the flat white connector to the small circuit board P1 on the PDU J1 on the system monitor assembly on the right side of the PDU c Connect the ribbon cable set aside when the NT7D10 PDU was removed to the system monitor J2 312 Communicati
363. y differences Insert the replacement card into the vacated slot and hook the locking devices Connect cables to the replacement card Set the ENB DIS switch to ENB on the replacement card Enable cards Enable and test the CNI and 3PE cards O oa A CO LD 135 ENL CNI c CPU 0or 1 Slot 12 port 0 Sp 300 Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Maintenance March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com QPC441 Three Port Extender Card dece Exit LD 135 If the LED on the 3PE card turns off go to step 7 on page 301 If the LED stays lit press the Man Int button to initialize the system If the 3PE card is in the Core Network enable the clock controller card LD 60 ENL CC x OK Exit LD 60 If there is a problem a CED or CCED system message is generated and the red LED is lit on the faceplate of the appropriate card 7 Check to see that all cards were enabled 8 Check the status of the IGS card LD 39 STAT IGS x x is the IGS card number 0 to 19 9 If the card is still disabled enable it ENL IGS xx eee Exit LD 39 10 Check the status of SDI ports LD 37 STAT 11 If any port still disabled enable it ENL TTY x ERER Exit LD 37 12 Check the status of the peripheral signaling card LD 32 STAT PER x Table 44 Peripheral signaling card numbers on page 299 lists peripheral signaling card numbers 13 If the card is still disabled enable it
364. ystem message indicates that only the TN for this trunk is disabled It may be necessary to replace one of the following E amp M trunk card NT8D15 Universal trunk card NT8D14 e Central office trunk card QPC218 QPC219 QPC450 QPC470 Any other trunk card Conference TDS card NT8D17 DTR card NT8D16 Tone Detector card QPC422 Network DTR card NT8D18 Trunk equipment such as music source or paging equipment PE card cage NT8D1303 NT8D3703 Possible cause Action Defective trunk card If the indicated card is an E amp M or universal trunk card unseat and reinstall the card to initiate a self test If the test fails replace the card If the test passes follow the procedure below Disconnect the wiring between the card and the cross connect terminal Enable the TN by entering LD 32ENLU 1 s c uwherelscu loop shelf card unit Wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received replace the card If there is no OVD message reconnect the wiring and go to the next possible cause Defective wiring At the main cross connect terminal disconnect the wiring to the CO or other trunk equipment such as a music source or paging equipment Enable the TN Wait for an OVD message If an OVD message is received repair or replace the wiring to the IPE shelf If there is no OVD message repair or replace the wiring from the cross connect terminal to the telephone Communi

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

  GE JVM140K User's Manual  DSi 8Mn - HARMAN Professional    Guía de configuración de la serie APC  istruzioni per l`installazione, manutenzione ed uso delle cucine da  SPT WC-2461H Use and Care Manual    Lennox International Inc. 15CHAX User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file